Skip to main content

Full text of "The Great Basin naturalist"

See other formats


HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 


ss, 


LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


VOLUME   XXIV,   1964 


Editor:  Vasco  M.  Tanner 

Assistant  Editor:  Stephen  L.  Wood 

Assistant  Editor:  Wilmer  W.  Tanner 


Published  at  Provo,  Utah  by 
Brigham  Young  University 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS 
Volume  XXIV 

NUMBER  1  —  MARCH  31,  1964 

Observations  on  Host-Parasite  Relationships  and  Seasonal 
History  of  Ticks  in  San  Mateo  County,  California.  By 
Carol  O.  Mohr,  D  Elden  Beck,  and  Elias  P.  Brinton  1 

Alyssum  Turgidum:  A  New  Species  from  Iran.  Illustrated, 

By  T.  R.  Dudley  7 

A  New  Species  of  Chigger  (Acarina,  Trombiculidae)  from 
Lizards  of  Western  North  America.  Illustrated.  By 
Richard  B.  Loomis  13 

Undescribed  Species  of  Nearctic  Tipulidae   (Diptera)   IV. 

By  Charles  P.  Alexander  19 

Two  New  Species  of  Lacebugs  from  India  (Hemiptera: 
Tingidae).  Illustrated.  By  Carl  J.  Drake  and  David 
Livingstone  27 

Studies  in  Nearctic  Desert  Sand  Dune  Orthoptera,  Part  IX. 
A  New  Trimerotropis  from  Southern  Idaho  Dunes. 
Illustrated.  By  Ernest  R.  Tinkham  31 

NUMBER  2  —  JUNE  11, 1964 

A  Brief  Historical  Resume  of  Herpetological  Studies  in  the 
Great  Basin  of  the  Western  United  States.  Part  I.  The 
Reptiles.  By  Benjamin  H.  Banta  and  Wilmer  W. 
Tanner   37 

New   Species   of   North   American   Pityophthorus   Eichoff 

Coleoptera:  Scolytidae).  By  Stephen  L.  Wood 59 

Mites  from  Mammals  at  the  Nevada  Test  Site.  By  Dorald 

M.  Allred  and  Morris  A.  Goates  71 

Ectopartsites   of   Mammals   from   Oregon.   By   Charles  G. 

Hansen   75 

NUMBERS  3-4  —  DECEMBER  31,  1964 

Some  Ethiopian  Lacebugs   (Hemiptera:  I'ingidae).  Carl  J. 

Drake  and  Bob  G.  Hill.  Illustrated  82 

Kangaroo  Rat  Burrows  at  the  Nevada  Test  Site.  Arthur  O. 

Anderson   and   Dorald   M.   Allred.   Illustrated   93 

The     Recent     Naturalization     of     Siberian    Elm     {Ulmus 

Pumila  L.)   in  Utah.  Earl  M.  Christensen  105 

On  Some  New  Species  of  Nycteribiidae  (Diptera:   Pupipa- 

ra).  O.  Theodor  and  B.  V.  Peterson.  Illustrated  107 

Undescribed  Species  of  Nearctic  Tipulidae    (Diptera).  V. 

Charles  P.  Alexander  117 

Index  \2l 

II 


Great  Basin 


CWiP.  ZOOL. 


mrrumiiJir: 


UNIVERSITY 


Volume  XXIV  March  31,  1964  No.  1 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Observations  on  Host-Parasite  Relationships  and  Seasonal 
History  of  Ticks  in  San  Mateo  County,  California.  By 
Carol  O.  Mohr,  D  Elden  Beck,  and  Elias  P.  Brinton  ....      1 

Alyssum  Turgidum:  A  New  Species  from  Iran.  Illustrated. 

By  T.  R.  Dudley  7 

A  New  Species  of  Chigger  (Acarina,  Trombiculidae)  from 
Lizards  of  Western  North  America.  Illustrated.  By  Rich- 
ard B.   Loomis  13 

Undescribed  Species  of  Nearctic  Tipulidae  (Diptera)  IV.  By 

Charles  P.  Alexander  „ 19 

Two  New  Species  of  Lacebugs  from  India  (Hemiptera: 
Tingidae)  Illustrated.  By  Carl  J.  Drake  and  David 
Livingstone 27 

Studies  in  Nearctic  Desert  Sand  Dune  Orthoptera,  Part  IX. 
A  New  Trimerotropis  from  Southern  Idaho  Dunes.  Illus- 
trated. By  Ernest  R.  Tinkham  31 


Published  by 
Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


A  journal  published  from  one  to  four  times  a  year  by  Brig- 
ham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts:  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertain- 
ing to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main, 
will  be  accepted.  Manuscripts  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
editor. 

Illustr.\tions:  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  then  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  ill- 
ustrations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the 
manuscript.  All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  jour- 
nal are  to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost 
of  the  cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints:  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  wdth  the  proof. 

Subscriptions:  The  annual  subscription  is  $2.50,  (outside  the 
United  States  $3.25).   Single  number,  80  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions, 
reprints  and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturahst,  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity, Provo,  Utah. 


Reprints  Schedule  of  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Each 
Additional 

8  pp.     10  pp.    12  pp.       2  pp. 

$9.00  $10.00  $11.00     $2.00 
10.00     11.00     12.00 
11.00     12.00     13.00 
12.00     13.00     14.00 

Covers:  $10.00  for  first  100  copies,  $4.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

50  copies 

$6.00 

$7.00 

$8.00 

100  copies 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

200  copies 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

300  copies 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

AUG  1  8  iqR6 

The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Published  at  Provo,  Utah  by 
Brigham  Young  University 

Volume   XXIV  March   31,    1964  No.    1 


OBSERVATIONS   ON    HOST-PARASITE   RELATIONSHIPS 

AND   SEASONAL   HISTORY   OF  TICKS 

IN   SAN   MATEO   COUNTY,   CALIFORNIA' 

Carol  O.  Mohr,  D  Elden  Beck,  and  Elias  P.  Brinton' 

During  the  course  of  an  investigation  into  the  interrelationships 
of  parasite  and  host  populations  in  San  Mateo  County,  California, 
data  came  to  hand  concerning  populations  of  ticks  on  a  number  of 
species  of  small  mammals,  lizards,  and  birds.  Since  no  studies  appear 
to  have  been  published  concerning  ticks  in  climates  and  faunal  areas 
characteristic  of  the  coastal  zone,  we  believe  it  worthwhile  to  provide 
the  following  data. 

Study  Area  and  Procedure 

The  study  area  consisted  of  a  meadow  and  an  adjoining  hillside 
approximately  three  miles  east  of  the  Pacific  coast.  It  was  about  two 
acres  in  size  at  an  elevation  of  from  450  to  600  feet  above  sea  level. 
A  ridge  about  1.250  feet  in  elevation  shields  the  area  somewhat  from 
coastal  fog  which  frequently  covers  the  meadow.  Killing  frosts  occur 
late  in  December  and  end  early  in  February.  Average  temperatures 
for  January  are  50°  F,  and  68°  F  for  July.  Precipitation  averages  6 
inches  in  January  and  0.01  inches  in  July,  with  22  inches  per  year. 

The  area  is  within  the  San  Francisco  Wildlife  Refuge  and  is  well 
populated  by  mule  deer.  Odocoileus  heminous.  Dogs  from  nearby 
residential  areas  frequently  entered  the  refuge.  Grey  foxes,  Urocyon 
cineroargenteus ,  also  were  common.  No  domestic  stock  has  been 
pastured  in  the  area  for  scores  of  years,  except  three  horses  which 
were  present  for  a  few  weeks  during  the  summer  of  1961. 

Kartman  et  al  (1962)  described  the  same  general  area  in  some 
detail  when  they  studied  its  cricetid  fauna  and  flea  consortes  in  re- 
lation to  an  outbreak  of  plague.  Our  study  area  is  the  southernmost 
part  of  their  location,  designated  by  them  as  Area  5.  In  their  publi- 
cation. Figure  4  shows  the  fluctuations  in  populations  at  that  time 
for  meadow  mice,  Microtus  califomicus;  harvest  mice,  Reithrodon- 

1.  This  investigation  was  supported  in  part  by  a  research  grant  (£-3653)  from  the  National 
Institutes   of   Health,    Division    of   Research   Grants,    U.    S.    Public   Health    Service. 

2.  Division    of    Parasitology.    University    of    California.    Berkeley.    California. 

3.  Department   of    Zoology   and    Entomology.    Brigham    Young    University.    Piovo.    Utah. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
2  MOHR,   BECK,   &   BRINTON  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

tomys  megalotis;  and  deer  mice,  Peromyscus  maniculatus  in  this 
and  adjoining  areas. 

For  the  most  part  in  our  study,  mice  and  birds  were  Uve-trapped. 
Most  of  the  hzards  were  caught  by  hand.  Some  of  the  mice  and  birds 
were  caught  during  afternoons  of  the  day  on  which  traps  were  set; 
others  were  taken  from  traps  early  the  next  morning. 

The  ticks  on  the  hosts  were  counted  by  use  of  a  hand  lens  so  far 
as  possible.  When  the  clusters  of  ticks  were  so  numerous  that  count- 
ing became  uncertain,  the  host  was  killed,  wrapped,  and  brought  to 
the  laboratory  for  a  more  accurate  count.  Otherwise,  a  sample  col- 
lection of  parasites  was  removed  from  the  live  host  for  species  iden- 
tification. The  host  was  then  released  to  permit  further  study  of  its 
home  range  and  relation  to  home  ranges  of  other  individuals  and 
species. 

The  field  work  was  done  by  William  A.  Stumpf.  We  are  grateful 
to  him  for  diligence  and  care  in  trapping,  collecting,  and  preparation 
of  field  observational  records. 

Observations 

The  numbers  and  kinds  of  the  more  commonly  collected  hosts  are 
shown  in  Table  I.    Other  hosts  less  commonly  collected  are  Cali- 

Table   I:      Number   of  mice   and  lizards   examined  and   tabulated  by  month 
during  the  season  when  ticks  were  active. 


Mar 

April 

May 

June 

July 

Aug 

Sept 

Oct 

Total 

Harvest  mice 

10 

15 

5 

8 

5 

10 

17 

0 

70 

Deer  mice 

14 

9 

1 

42 

23 

20 

30 

0 

139 

Meadow  mice 

49 

53 

30 

79 

113 

108 

153 

145 

730 

Alligator  lizards 

0 

1 

4 

6 

0 

0 

1 

1 

13 

Fence    lizards 

1 

4 

0 

4 

0 

12 

15 

1 

37 

fornia  white-footed  mouse,  Peromyscus  californicus;  brush  rabbit, 
Sylvilagus  bachmani;  shrew.  Sorex  vagrans;  wood  rat,  Neotoma 
fuscipes;  spotted  towhee,  Papilio  erythrophthalnnis;  brown  towhee, 
P.  fuscus;  Bewick  wren,  Thryomanes  beivickii;  California  jay, 
Aphelocoma  coerulescens;  white-crowned  sparrow.  Zonotrichia  leu- 
cophrys;  alligator  lizard.  Gerrhonotus  multicarinatus  and  the  fence 
lizard  Sceloporus  oocidentalis .  California  ground  squirrels,  Citellus 
beecheyi,  were  absent.  They  originally  occupied  the  area,  but  have 
been  eliminated  by  a  concentrated  poisoning  program. 

Table  II  shows  a  monthly  record  of  tick  infestation  from  March 
through  October  as  found  on  the  meadow  mouse. 

Nymphs  of  Ixodes  angustus  were  found  on  one  meadow  mouse 
and  one  harvest  mouse. 

Ixodes  spinipalpis  was  found  on  the  California  jay,  spotted  towhee, 
meadow  mouse,  deer  mouse,  and  the  brush  rabbit  as  follow^s:  One 
larva  on  a  deer  mouse,  1  June;  five  on  brush  rabbits  between  27 
June   and    14   July;   and    three  on   the   spotted   towhee,  4  August. 


Mar.  31,  1964         host-parasite  relationships  3 

Table   II:      Records   of   ticks    (all  species)    from  meadow   mice:    per  cent  of  hosts 
infested,  numbers  examined  and  per  cent  of  ticks  which  were  nymphs  and  larvae. 


Average 

or 

Mar 

Apr 

May 

June 

July  Aug 

Sept 

Oct 

Total 

Per  cent 

mice  infested 

2 

9 

17 

39 

27 

34 

21 

0.7 

18.7 

Aver,  per 

infested  mouse* 

1.0 

2.8 

1.4 

3.2  + 

4.2 

11  + 

2.1  + 

6.0 

3.9  + 

Greatest  no. 

per  mouse* 

1.0 

10 

3 

11 

21 

49 

14 

6 

14.3 

Per  cent 

nymphs 

100 

76 

23 

7 

43 

36 

57 

14 

44.5 

Per  cent 

larvae 

0 

24 

n 

93 

54 

64 

43 

86 

55.1 

Nrs.  hosts 

examined 

49 

53 

30 

79 

113 

108 

153 

145 

730.0 

Nrs.  ticks 

identified 

1 

7 

7 

74 

141 

268 

52 

7 

557.0 

•E.xcluding  counts  on  3  mice  in  June,  2  in  August  and  1  in  September  on  which 
ticks  were  so  numerous  or  hidden  in  the  ears  as  to  preclude  a  complete  count. 
The  largest  count  (49)  was  made  in  Angust  from  a  mouse  killed  and  brought 
to  the  laboratory. 

Nymphs  were  collected  from  the  California  jay  and  meadow  mice, 
20  March  through  14  July.  Adults  were  found  on  brush  rabbits  be- 
tween 25  May  and  20  June. 

Ixodes  pacificus  was  the  only  species  of  tick  found  on  the  fence 
and  alligator  lizards.  Larvae  were  collected  4  August  to  20  Septem- 
ber; nymphs  from  7  April  to  28  June;  some  adults  were  collected 
27  June.  Larvae  and  nymphs  were  found  on  meadow  mice,  larvae 
only  on  harvest  mice,  deer  mice,  and  a  shrew.  The  adult  specimens 
were  from  alligator  lizards,  man,  and  horses.  The  peak  of  population 
occurred  in  June.  Only  0.4  percent  of  the  557  ticks  removed  for  iden- 
tification from  meadow  mice  were  this  species. 

Haemaphysalis  leporispalustris  were  commonly  encountered  on 
brush  rabbits  as  larvae,  nymphs,  and  adults.  Larvae  and  nymphs  also 
were  found  on  the  spotted  and  brown  towhees  and  the  Bewick  wren. 

Larval  Dermacentor  occidentalis  were  observed  on  meadow  mice, 
harvest  mice,  deer  mice,  California  white-footed  mice,  and  the  brush 
rabbit.  The  first  larvae  were  observed  on  23  April  and  the  latest  on 
10  October.  The  first  nymph  observed  was  on  31  March,  and  the 
last  nymphal  collection  was  on  4  October.  D.  occidentalis  was  the 
most  common  tick  taken  from  the  meadow  mice.  It  constituted  99 
per  cent  of  the  sample  of  557  ticks  taken  from  Microtus  for  identifi- 
cation. This  is  shown  in  Table  II.  A  peak  population  on  meadow 
mice  was  indicated  for  July  and  August.  In  July.  19  per  cent  of  the 
meadow  mice  bore  larvae  and  20  per  cent  bore  nymphs,  and  in  Aug- 
ust. 20  per  cent  bore  larvae  and  23  per  cent  bore  nymphs.  During 
this  same  period,  8  per  cent  of  the  harvest  mice  and  1 1  per  cent  of 
the  deer  mice  were  infested.  All  of  the  brush  rabbits  examined  were 
infested. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
4  MOHR,    BECK,    &   BRINTON  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

Discussion 

Ixodes  angustus:  According  to  Gregson  (1956)  this  "is  the  com- 
monest species  of  tick  on  British  Columbian  coast  squirrels,  Tamias- 
ciurus  douglasi  mollipilosus,'"  and  "one  of  the  commonest  species  of 
Ixodes  in  British  Columbia."  It  is  surprising  in  our  studies  to  have 
only  collected  larvae,  and  these  only  from  one  meadow  and  one 
harvest  mouse.  Adults  and  nymphs  as  observed  by  Bishop  and  Trem- 
bley  (1945).  and  Cooley  and  Kohls  (1945)  showed  them  to  appear  a 
score  or  more  of  times  on  other  rodents  and  shrews  in  the  studied 
localities.  It  is  presumed  that  the  kind  of  habitat  and  possibly  the 
fact  that  some  key  hosts  were  not  collected  may  be  partly  responsi- 
ble for  the  scarcity  in  numbers  of  individuals  and  other  develop- 
mental stages.  Ground  squirrels  were  virtually  absent  and  wood  rats 
rarely  entered  the  study  area.  Lagomorpha  have  not  been  listed  as 
hosts. 

Ixodes  spinipalpis  was  found  in  larval  and  nymphal  develop- 
ment on  a  variety  of  hosts.  There  seemed  to  be  no  restriction  of  the 
larvae  and  nymphs  to  smaller  hosts  for  larvae  were  found  on  both 
brush  rabbits  and  deer  mice.  Adults  however  were  found  only  on  the 
brush  rabbit. 

Ixodes  pacificus  has  been  commonly  collected  in  the  larval  and 
nymphal  stages  from  the  alligator  lizard  along  the  Pacific  coastal 
region  (Cooley  and  Kohls,  1945;  Gregson,  1956).  It  was  natural  to 
find  it  infesting  this  and  the  fence  lizard  at  the  San  Mateo  locale. 
It  is  however  interesting  that  in  studies  by  Beck  (1955),  Allred, 
Beck,  and  White  (1960)  for  Utah,  Beck,  Allred,  and  Brinton  (1963) 
for  Nevada,  this  species  was  not  found  on  any  species  of  lizard.  It 
also  was  uncommon  on  mice  in  our  study. 

Our  collections  indicate  the  larvae  and  nymphs  tend  to  occur 
mostly  on  small  mammals  and  lizards.  Larger  and  medium-sized 
mammals,  and  lizards  are  most  often  reported  hosts  of  adults  (Coo- 
ley and  Kohls,  1945),  and  (Bishop  and  Trembley,  1945).  However, 
it  is  interesting  to  note  in  the  observations  by  Linsdale  and  Tevis 
(1951)  in  their  study  of  the  dusky-footed  wood  rat  made  at  a  loca- 
tion about  eighty  miles  south  of  our  location  that,  "In  Monterey 
County.  1 1  per  cent  of  the  wood  rats  Neotoma  fuscipes  were  infested 
by  larv^al  Ixodes  pacificus  at  the  height  of  the  season  (in  May). 
One  was  infested  by  a  nymph.  In  August,  14  per  cent  were  infested 
by  nymphs  and  larvae  of  Dermacentor  occidentalis.'' 

Although  our  sample  of  specimens  is  too  small  to  be  conclusive, 
there  did  seem  to  be  a  greater  tendency  for  /.  pacificus  to  infest  cri- 
cetine  mice  compared  to  meadow  mice.  Seventeen  per  cent  of  193 
ticks  identified  from  209  cricetine  mice  were  this  species.  From  a 
general  review  of  the  literature  and  our  observations  in  the  present 
study,  one  could  postulate  that  host  association  of  ticks  in  San  Ma- 
teo County  is  related  to  choice  of  habitat  by  the  mice:  the  cricetine 
species  occur  most  commonly  in  open  areas  inhabited  by  fence  liz- 
ards and  the  microtine  under  heavy  vegetative  cover  and  at  a  higher 
humidity.  There  is  evidence  also  that  the  size  of  a  host's  home  range 


Mar.  31,  1964         host-parasite  relationships  5 

effects  the  percentage  infested  by  certain  ticks  and  other  ectopara- 
sites (Mohr  and  Stumpf,  1962). 

According  to  Cooley  (1946),  Beck  (1955),  and  Gregson  (1956) 
adult  Haemaphysalis  leporispalustris  are  predominantly  parasites 
of  brush  rabbits,  cotton  tails,  and  other  rabbits  and  hares.  Larvae 
and  nymphs  occur  on  rabbits,  and  ground-inhabiting  birds  for  which 
Bishop  and  Trembley  (1945),  Peters  (1936).  and  Nibley  (1962) 
report  almost  100  species.  Larvae  were  found  on  the  Bewick  wren 
and  larvae  and  nymphs  on  the  spotted  and  brown  towhees.  It  is  not 
uncommon  to  find  the  larval,  nymphal,  and  adult  stages  at  the  same 
time  on  a  single  lagomorph  host  (Green  et  al,  1943;  Beck.  1955;  and 
Gregson,  1956).  In  our  study,  the  brush  rabbit  was  the  only  leporid 
observed.  In  all  instances,  they  were  heavily  infested  by  all  develop- 
mental stages. 

Dermacentor  occidentalis:  Our  observations  show  this  species  of 
tick  to  have  its  highest  seasonal  population  in  the  San  Mateo  study 
area  during  August.  It  was  the  most  abundant  of  the  tick  species 
observed  in  the  area.  No  adult  ticks  were  found  on  the  rodents  ex- 
amined. Adults  commonly  attack  the  larger  vertebrates  such  as  un- 
gulates, dogs,  and  man  (Cooley,  1938;  Bishop  and  Trembley,  1945). 

Conclusions 

Five  species  of  ticks  were  found  on  the  reptiles,  birds,  and  mam- 
mals in  a  small  study  area  of  approximately  two  acres.  Dermacen- 
tor occidentalis  was  the  most  common  of  the  ticks  observed.  Its  peak 
population  of  larvae  occurred  about  June  when  39  per  cent  of  the 
meadow  mice  were  infested;  and  of  nymphs  in  August  when  34  per 
cent  of  these  mice  were  infested.  Ixodes  pacificus  was  the  only  spe- 
cies found  on  reptiles.  Larvae  and  nymphs  were  also  collected  from 
a  small  percentage  of  meadow  mice  and  others.  Adults  of  Haema- 
physalis leporispalustris  were  found  only  on  the  brush  rabbits  and 
ground-inhabiting  birds.  A  few  Ixodes  angustus  were  found  on  mice, 
and  /.  spinipalpis  on  birds,  mice  and  rabbits. 

References 

Allred.  D.  M.,  D  E.  Beck,  and  L.  D.  White,  1960.  Ticks  of  the  genus  Ixodes 
in  Utah.  Brigham  Young  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.  Biol.  Ser.,  1(14). 

Beck,  D  Elden,  Dorald  M.  Allred,  and  Elias  P.  Brinton.  1963.  Ticks  of  the 
Nevada  Test  Site.  Brigham  Young  University  Sci.  Bull..  Biol.  Series,  4(1): 
1-10. 

Beck,  D  Elden.  1955.  Distributional  studies  of  parasitic  arthropods  in  Utah, 
determined  as  actual  and  potential  vectors  of  Rocky  Mountain  spotted  fever 
and  plague,  with  notes  on  vector-host  relationships.  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity Sci.  Bull.,  Biol.  Series  1(1). 

Bishopp,  F.  C.  and  Helen  Louise  Trembley.  1945.  Distribution  and  hosts  of 
certain  North  American  ticks.  J.  Parasitol.  31  (l):l-54. 

Cooley,  R.  A.  1938.  The  genera  Dermacentor  and  Otocentor  (Ixodidea)  in  the 
United  States.  U.  S.  Treasury  Dept.,  National  Institute  of  Health  Bull.  No. 
171:1-89. 


The  Great  Basin  NaturaTist 
6  MOHR,   BECK,   &    BRINTON  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

Cooley,  R.  A.  and  Glen  M.  Kohls.      1945.     The  genus  Ixodes  in  North  America. 

U.    S.   Treasury   Dept.,   National   Institute  of   Health   Bull.   No.    184:1-246. 
Green,    R.    G.,   C.    A.    Evans,   and   C.    L.    Larson.      1943.     A  ten-year   population 

study    of    the    rabbit    tick    Haemaphvsalis    leporispalustris.    Amer.    J.    Hvg. 

38(2)260-281. 
Gregson,    John   D.      1956.     The    Ixodoidea    of   Canada.   Canada   Dept.    Agr.  Publ. 

930:1-92. 
Kartman.  Leo.,  Stewart  F.  Quan,  and  Harold  E.  Stark.      1962.     Ecological  studies 

of  wild  rodent  plague  in  the  San  Francisco  Bay  area  of  California.  Zoonoses 

Research   1(6):99-119. 
Linsdale,  J.   M.  and  L.  P.  Tevis.      1951.     The  dusky-footed  wood  rat.   L^niversity 

of  California  Press. 
Mohr.  Carl  O.   and  William  A.   Stumpf.      1962.     Relation  of  ectoparasite  load  to 

host   size   and   home  area   in   small  mammals  and   birds.   Trans.   27th  North 

American   Wildlife    and    Natural    Resources   Conference.    174-183. 
Nibley,    Carlyle.    Jr.      1962.     Tick    collections   from    ground-feeding   birds   at   the 

Patuxent   Research   Refuge,   Laurel,  Maryland.   Wildl.   Dis.   No.   22.    (micro- 
card).    1-10. 
Peters.   Harold   S.      1936.     A  list  of  external  parasites  from  birds  of  the  eastern 

part  of  the  United  States.  Bird-Banding  7(l):9-27. 


ALYSSUM   TURGIDUM:    A   NEW  SPECIES   FROxM   IRAN 


T.  R.  Dudley' 

An  extremely  interesting  gathering  of  Alyssum  was  found  in  a 
collection  of  specimens  sent  to  the  author  for  identification  and  study 
by  Dr.  K,  H.  Rechinger  of  the  Naturhistorisches  Museum,  Vienna, 
Austria.  No  specimen,  possessing  the  very  distinctive,  inflated  and 
turgid  fruits,  such  as  are  diagnostic  for  the  species  described  below, 
were  discovered  in  any  of  the  numerous  European  herbaria  that 
have  been  visited  by  the  author.  This  species,  assigned  to  sect.  Odon- 
tarrhena  (Meyer)  Koch,  was  apparently  unknown  to  E.  J.  Nyarady, 
the  monographer  of  this  section.  Likewise,  as  it  was  not  mentioned 
or  described  in  Parsa's  more  recent  Flore  de  VIran,  it  probably  had 
not  been  collected  prior  to  1961.  In  that  year,  Dr.  Howard  C.  Stutz 
of  the  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah,  U.S.A.,  made  the 
original  collection.  The  author  is  indebted  to  Dr.  Stutz  for  making 
the  holotype  available. 

Alyssum  turgidum  Dudley,  sp.  nov. 

Figs.  A-E,  G-K. 

Holotype,  Iran.  Japarabad.  dry  south  slopes,  5000  ft.,  17  May 
1961,  Stutz  1289  (BRY);  isotype  (W). 

In  Sectione  Odontarrherta  (Meyer)  Koch  siliculis  globosis  valde 
inflatis  turgidis  utriculiformis  insignis.  Ceterum  ad.  A.  haussknechtii 
Boiss.  accedens  sed  ilia  species  fructibus  maioribus  et  formae  valde 
diverso,  sepalis  et  petalis  minoribus,  indumento  parciore  et  pilis  stel- 
latis  minoribus  inter  alia  distinguitur. 

Planta  perennis,  suffrutescens,  basi  multiramosa,  7-15  mm.  lata, 
5-10  cm.  alta,  ex  toto  indumento  dense  cinereo.  e  pilis  stellatis  ap- 
pressis  minute  punctatis  4-6  radiatis  radiis  ramosis  aequalibus  0.3-0.6 
mm.  diametro  composito.  Caules  floriferi  tenue,  laxe  ascendentes  vel 
patentes,  5-15  cm.  longi,  a  basi  indumento  albo  denso  tecti  vel 
rubro-purpurei  cum  pilis  stellatis  facilis  disjunctis.  Surculi  steriles 
basi  caulium  floriferorum  conferti  vel  patentes,  (0.5-)  1.5-3(-5)  cm. 
longi.  Folia  caulium  floriferorum.  oblanceolata  vel  spatulata,  post 
anthesin  decidua,  acuta,  7-15  mm.  longa,  2-3  mm.  lata.  Folia  surcu- 
lorum  sterilium  obovato-spatulata,  2-10  mm.  longa,  2-3  mm.  lata. 
Corymbi  ramosi,  constricti,  1-3  cm.  longi  latique.  Pedicelli  rigidi, 
divergentes  vel  horizontales,  2.5-4.5  mm.  longi.  Sepala  decidua, 
membranacea.  ad  apicem  cucullata,  ovata,  obtusa,  anguste  hyalino- 
marginata,  1.5-2  mm.  longa.  0.5-1  mm.  lata,  pilis  stellatis  sparsis 
provisa.  Petala  clavata  vel  obovata.  Integra  vel  subretusa,  in  unguem 

I.     Thf  .Arnold  .\ilK,ietuiii.   llai\ard   UnneiMtv.  Jamaica   Plain   50.   Mass. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
8  T.  R.  DUDLEY  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

sensim  attenuate,  glabra,  2-2.5  mm.  longa,  1-1.5  mm.  lata.  Filamenta 
longa,  2-2.5  mm.  ala  unilaterali  in  dimidio  inferiore  connata,  apice 
libero  acuto  vel  1-2-  denticulate.  Filamenta  brevia,  1.5-2  mm.,  ap- 
pendice  libera,  oblanceolata.  bifida,  ca.  1.  mm.  longa  praedita. 
Stylus  1-1.5  mm.  longus,  tenuis  sed  rigidus.  in  dimidio  inferiore  pilis 
stellatis  minutis  provisus.  Silicula  orbiculata  vel  oblata,  globosa, 
magno  turgida,  utriculiformo-tumida.  (3-)  4-6  mm.  longa  et  lata, 
valvis  bene  aequaliter  inflatis,  indumento  sparse  vel  copiose  provisis. 
Ovulum  unum  per  loculum.  Semen  immaturum,  ut  videtur  alatum. 
Fl.  Apr.-May,  fr.  May-June. 

From  among  the  taxa  allocated  to  sect.  Odontarrhena  (subsect. 
Inflata).  Alyssum  turgidum  appears  to  be  most  closely  allied  to 
A.  haussknechtii  Boiss..  a  rare  alpine  endemic  found  only  in  the 
Anti-Taurus  region  of  southern  Turkey  [Holotype.  Turkey,  C6: 
Prov.  Maras,  in  rupestribus  alpinis  montis  Berytdagh  (Berit  dagg) 
Cataoniae,  2844-3160  m.,  10  Aug.  1865,  Haussknecht  s.n.  (G); 
isotypes  (BM,  W)].  The  fruit  of  A.  turgidum,  like  that  of  A.  haus- 
sknechtii has  an  orbicular  inedial  cross-section.  This  is  caused  by  the 
valves  being  strongly  inflated.  The  tapered,  conical  and  smaller 
fruit  of  A.  haussknechtii,  however,  is  inflated  to  its  maximum  ex- 
tent only  at  its  center  (PI.  I,  fig.  F).  A  cross-section  of  a  fruit  of 
A.  haussknechtii  from  above  the  middle  point  is  not  orbicular,  but  is 
transversely  elliptic.  In  contrast,  the  valves  of  A.  turgidum  are  com- 
pletely inflated;  the  fruit  being  turgid  and  spherical,  and  a  cross- 
section  at  any  point  is  orbicular.  The  characters  of  a  short  stipe  sup- 
porting the  fruit  and  saccate  valves  are  common  to  both  species,  but 
are  not  as  prominent  in  A.  turgidum. 

The  different  type  of  indumentum  on  the  fruits  of  these  related 
species  is  also  of  distinguishing  value.  The  stellate  hairs  which  com- 
prise the  dense  silvery  white  indumentum  on  the  fruits  of  Alyssum 
haussknechtii  are  often  twice  the  size  and  possess  twice  as  many 
rays  as  the  sparser  hairs  on  the  fruits  of  A.  turgidum.  As  the  fruits 
of  A.  haussknechtii  mature,  their  indumentum  is  readily  displaced. 
This  phenomenon  is  not  noticeable  in  A.  turgidum.  Though  the 
shape  of  the  sepals  and  petals,  and  the  filament  wings  and  append- 
ages of  these  two  species  are  similar,  those  of  A.  haussknechtii  are 
always  considerably  larger. 

In  addition  to  the  characters  mentioned  in  the  Latin  diagnosis, 
Alyssum  turgidum  can  be  distinguished  from  A.  haussknechtii  by 
several  others.  The  styles  of  A.  turgidum,  though  as  long  as  those  of 
A.  haussknechtii,  are  slender  and  tapered,  with  the  basal  and  apical 
diameters  being  more  or  less  equal.  On  the  other  hand,  the  styles  of 
A.  hausknechtii  are  strongly  dilated  towards  their  bases,  and  with 
the  basal  diameter  two  to  three  times  as  great  as  the  apical.  The  in- 
florescence of  both  species  is  congested,  but  that  of  A.  turgidum  is 
branched  and  corymbose.  The  pyramidal  inflorescence  of  A.  haus- 
sknechtii is  seldom  branched  and  resembles  that  of  a  number  of  an- 
nual species  in  sect.  Alyssum,  such  as  A.  szowitsianum  Fisch.  & 
Mey.  and  A.  marginatum  Steud.  ex  Boiss.  In  habit  A.  turgidum  and 


Mar.  31,  1964 


ALYSSUM  TURGIDUM 


PLATE    I 

A-E,  G-K  -  Alyssum  turgidum  Dudley.  A,  fruiting  inflorescence,  X  4.5.  B, 
stellate  hair  from  fruit,  X  165.  C,  petal,  X  30.  D,  short  filament,  X  27.  E,  long 
filament,  X  27.  G,  stellate  hair  from  stem,  X  100.  H,  sepal,  X  15.  I.  ventral 
view  of  fruit,  X  10.  J,  lateral  view  of  fruit,  X  10.  K,  view  of  fruit  with  valves 
removed  to  show  ovules,  X  10. 
F,  A.  haussknechtii  Boiss.  Lateral  view  of  fruit,  X  10. 

A.  haussknechtii  are  somewhat  similar,  and  both  taxa  could  be  as- 
signed to  Nyarady's  artificial  group,  the  "Humiliores"  (1929  & 
1949).  As  a  general  rule,  however,  the  plants  of  A.  haussknechtii  are 
more  pulvinate  with  shorter  and  strict  flowering  stems.  The  flower- 
ing stems  of  mature  individuals  of  A.  turgidum  are  laxly  ascending 
or  sprawling  in  a  decumbent  manner.  Nyarady  omitted  A.  haus- 
sknechtii from  his  earlier  systematic  treatments  of  the  taxa  in  sect. 
Odontarrhena  (1926-1929)  because  he  had  not  seen  any  material  of 
it,  but  he  did  incorporate  it  as  a  component  of  his  "Humiliores"  in 
his  diagnostic  key  (1929)  and  in  his  Synopsis.  .  .  of  1949. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
10  T.  R.  DUDLEY  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

In  the  first  supplement  of  Florae  Keredjensis.  .  .  (Repert.  Sp. 
Nov.  40:253,  tab.  238a.  1940.)  Bornmuller  &  Gauba  described  a 
single  gathering  collected  by  Gauba  in  North  Iran  as  Alyssum  ny- 
aradyri  [Holotype,  North  Iran,  An  sehr  heissen  pflanzenarmen  Han- 
gen  des  siidlich  von  Keredj  in  der  Steppe  gelegenen  Sefidkuh.  bei 
1400  m.,  sehr  selten,  1  June  1937.  Gauba  1574  (B-Herb.  Bornmiil- 
ler)  -  a  fragment  of  this  gathering  given  to  Nyarady  by  Bornmiil- 
ler]. 

The  diagnosis  of  Alyssum  nyarady i  (altered  by  Bornmiiller  in 
1941  to  nyaradii)  allies  it  to  A.  haussknechtii,  the  same  species  to 
which  A.  turgidum  is  related.  Alyssum  nyaradyi  is  said  to  differ 
from  A.  haussknechtii  by  having  subinflated  and  orbicular  fruits. 
The  original  description  of  A.  nyaradyi  reads:  "siculis  orbicularibus, 
subvesiculoso-tumidis,  2  mm.  diametricis.  .  .  ."  Nyarady  comments  in 
a  note  in  the  second  supplement  of  Florae  Keredjensis.  .  .  (Repert. 
Sp.  Nov.  50:  372.  1941.)  that  the  densely  congested,  very  small, 
swollen  and  roundish  fruits  characterized  A.  nyaradyi  as  a  well  de- 
fined new  species.  Although  the  original  specimen  of  A.  nyaradyi 
has  not  been  examined  by  the  present  author,  its  description  and 
diagnosis  (which  state  that  the  fruits  are  only  subinflated.  subvesicu- 
late  and  are  only  2  mm.  in  diameter),  permit  the  conclusion  that  it 
and  A.  turgidum  are  not  conspecific.  The  fruits  of  the  latter  species 
are  always  utriculate,  very  strongly  inflated  and  2-3  times  larger 
than  those  of  A.  nyaradyi. 

In  addition  to  the  different  types  of  fruit  characteristics  of  these 
two  species,  a  number  of  other  obvious  characters  can  be  readily 
observed  when  the  type  description  and  habit  photograph  of  Alys- 
sum nyaradyi  are  compared  with  the  type  specimens  of  A.  turgidum. 
The  very  woody  caudex  characteristic  of  A.  nyaradyi  is  not  well 
developed  in  the  suffrutescent  A.  turgidum.  The  flowering  stems  of 
the  latter  are  lax  and  usually  decumbent,  but  those  of  A.  nyaradyi 
are  strict  and  generally  erect  (as  in  A.  haussknechtii).  The  leaves 
of  the  flowering  stems  and  sterile  shoots  of  A.  nyaradyi,  judging 
from  the  measurements  given  by  Bornmiiller,  are  apparently  always 
smaller  by  half  than  those  of  A.  turgidum.  Bornmiiller  described  the 
pedicels  of  A.  nyaradyi  as  being  only  0.5  mm.  long.  The  mature 
pedicels  of  A.  turgidium  consistently  measure  2.5-4.5  mm.  long,  and 
its  styles,  which  always  have  an  indumentum,  are  1-1.5  mm.  long. 

Whether  Alyssum  nyaradyi  should  be  maintained  as  a  distinct 
species  must  be  left  in  abeyance  until  the  original  Gauba  specimen 
is  examined.-  However,  a  single  specimen  collected  by  Gauba  (No. 
148)  from  the  exact  type  locality  of  A.  nyaradyi  is  to  be  found  in 
the  herbarium  of  the  Naturhistorisches  Museum,  Vienna  (W).  This 
sheet,  unfortunately,  (determined  by  Nyarady  is  A.  nyaradyi)  was 
not  furnished  with  any  data  as  to  the  date  of  collection.  The  floral 

2.  Though  the  original  set  of  Bornniiiller's  own  New  Eastern  collei  limis  was  <leposite(l  by  him 
in  the  Ifaussenknecht  herbarium  in  Jena,  he  sold  his  original  herbarium  (which  probably  mntained 
the  type  of  Alyssum  nyaradyi)  to  the  Botanical  Museum  at  Berlin.  .\s  the  single  spec  uiien  of 
A.  nyaradyi.  which  constitutes  the  type,  cannot  be  located  either  in  .lena  or  m  Berlin,  it  is  assiinied 
that  It  was  destroyed  in  the  disastrous  fire  in  the  Berlin  Museum  in  1945. 


Mar.  31,  1964  alyssum  turgidum  11 

and  fruit  (immature)  characters  of  this  plant  permit  it  to  be  posi- 
ively  identified  as  A.  inf latum  Nyar..  a  species  very  distinct  from 
A.  turgidum.  Furthermore,  a  number  of  additional  collections  of 
A.  inf  latum  have  been  made  from  the  type  locality  of  A.  nyaradyi. 

Dr.  Stutz  recalled  to  the  author  (in  correspondence)  that  Alys- 
sum turgidum.  and  a  species  of  Pedicularis  were  abundant  on  the 
barren  slopes  of  the  collection  site,  and  that  they  composed  most  of 
the  green  vegetation  at  that  time  of  year  (i.e.,  May) . 

Other  species  of  Alyssum  collected  in  the  year  of  1961  in  Iran 
by  Dr.  Howard  C.  Stutz;  specimens  in  the  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity Herbarium  (BRY). 

A.  bracteatum  Boiss.  &  Buhse;  30  miles  W.  of  Quom,  sterile 
volcanic  soil,  5200  ft..  5  May  1961,  Stutz  1042. 

A.  desertorum  Stapf;  10  km.  W  of  Kiraj,  west  facing  slope, 
gravelly  surface,  clay  below,  ca.  5000  ft..  22  April  1961, 
Stutz  675. 

A.  stapfii  Vierh.;  10  km.  W  of  Kiraj,  west  facing  slope,  gravelly 
surface,  clay  below,  ca.  5000  ft.,  22  April  1961,  Stutz  679. 

A.  szowitsianum  Fischer  &  Meyer;  10  km.  W  of  Kiraj,  west 
facing  slope,  gravelly  surface,  clay  below,  ca.  5000  ft.,  22 
April  1961,  Stutz  676. 

Important  References 

Bornmiiller,  J.  &  Gauba,  E.  1940.  Florae  Keredjensis  fundamenta. 
(Plantae  Gaubaeanae  Iranicae.)  Supplementum.  1.  Species 
novae.  Repert.  Sp.  Nov.  49:253-272. 

Nyarady,  E.  J.  1927.  Vorstudium  uber  einige  Arten  der  Section 
Odontarrhena  der  Gattung  Alyssum.  Bui.  Grad.  Bot.  Cluj  7:1- 
51.  65-160.  Tb.  1-10. 

.     1928.     Ibid.  8:152-156. 

.     1929.     Ibid.  9:1-68. 

.  1930.  Neue  Beitrage  zur  Kenntnis  der  balkanischer  Alys- 
sum Arten.  Repert.  Sp.  Nov.  27:392-395. 

.      1931.     Les  formes  vraies  et  fausses  de  I'espece  Alyssum 

alpestre.  Bul.  Grad.  Bot.  Cluj  11:69-78. 

.     1932.     Die  Klarstellung  Zweier  Zweifelhafter  Alyssum  - 

Arten.  Notizbl.  Bot.  Gart.  Berlin.  11:631-635. 

.     1932.     tJber   einige    Westmediterrane   Alyssum   -   Arten. 

Bul.  Soc.  Stiinte  Cluj  6:446-460. 

.  1938.  Neue  Alyssum  -  Arten  und  Formen  aus  der  Odon- 
tarrhena -  Sektion.  Bul.  Grad.  Bot.  Cluj  18:82-99. 

.     in  Bornmiiller,  &  Gauba.  E.     1941.     Florae  Keredjensis 

fundamenta.  (Plantae  Gaubaeanae  Iranicae.)  Supplementum. 
2.  Enumeratia  specierum.  Repert.  Sp.  Nov.  50:372. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
12  T.  R.  DUDLEY  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

1949.     Synopsis    Speciecum,    Variatonum    et    Formarum 


Sectionis  Odontarrhenae.  Generis  Alyssum.  Analele  Academiei 
Republicii  Populare  Romane,  Sectia  de  Stiinte  Geologice,  Geo- 
grafice  Si  Biologice.  Ser.  A.  Mem.  3.  1   (separate) :  1-33,  Tb.  1-6. 
Parsa   A.      1961.     Flore  de  I'lran.  Teheran. 


ANEW  SPECIES  OF  CHIGGER  (ACARINA,  TROMBICULIDAE) 
FROM  LIZARDS  OF  WESTERN  NORTH  AMERICA 

Richard   B.  Loomis' 

Studies  of  the  chiggers  taken  from  lizards  in  southwestern  United 
States  and  northwestern  Mexico  revealed  a  new  species  of  chigger 
which  seems  to  be  related  to  Trombicida  allredi  Brennan  and  Beck 
(1956).  These  larvae  have  been  found  only  on  lizards  from  the 
desert  areas  of  Sonora,  Mexico.  California  and  Nevada.  It  was  re- 
ported from  Nevada  as  Trombicula  sp.  by  Allred  and  Beck  (1962:50). 

Grateful  acknowledgement  is  extended  to  many  individuals  who 
have  generously  provided  chiggers,  including  Dr.  Dorald  M.  Allred. 
Brigham  Young  University  (BYU)  and  Dr.  James  M.  Brennan, 
Rocky  Mountain  Laboratory  for  the  slides  from  Nye  County, 
Nevada;  Alan  R.  Hardy  for  the  larvae  from  Clark  County,  Nevada; 
and  Julius  C.  Geest,  Kenneth  D.  Peyton  and  William  J.  Wrenn  for 
many  specimens  from  California  and  Mexico.  Mr.  Geest  completed 
the  drawings.  Chiggers  from  Joshua  Tree  National  Monument, 
California,  were  taken  in  the  faunal  surveys  approved  by  Superin- 
tendent William  R.  Supernaugh. 

The  studies  upon  which  this  paper  is  based  were  supported  by  a 
research  grant  AI-3407  from  the  National  Institutes  of  Health  to 
Long  Beach  State  College. 

Description  of  the  Species 

The  specimens  listed  below  are  larvae,  and  are  in  the  collection 
of  the  author,  unless  otherwise  noted.  All  measurements  are  in 
microns.  The  terminology  follows  that  of  Warton.  et  al  (1951), 
except  for  the  use  of  tarsala  (=:spur)  and  microtarsala  (=micro- 
spur) . 

Trombicula  lacerticola,  new  species 

(Figure  1) 

Types. — Holotype  and  17  paratopotypes  from  Cottonwood 
Spring,  Joshua  Tree  National  Monument,  Riverside  County,  Cali- 
fornia, from  Uta  stansburiana  Baird  and  Girard,  Side-blotched  Liz- 
ard, field  number  WJW610711-3,  taken  on  11  July  1961  by  Wil- 
liam J.  Wrenn;  and  7  paratopotypes  from  Sceloporus  magister  and 
Uta  stansburiana,  11-12  July  1961  (4  larvae)  and  6  August  1959 
(3  larvae).  The  holotype  and  two  paratypes  will  be  deposited  in  the 
Rocky  Mountain  Laboratory,  Hamilton,  Montana,  and  paratypes 
will  be  distributed  to  the  United  States  National  Museum;  the  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas;  Hooper  Foundation.  University  of  California 
Medical  Center,  San  Francisco,  and  to  other  appropriate  institutions 
and  individuals. 

1.     Department  of  Biology.  Long  Beach  State  College,  (California. 

13 


14 


R.  B.  LOOMIS 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 


Figure  1 

Trombicula  lacerticola  new  species 

A.  Scutum  and  eyes. 

B.  Gnathosoma.  dorsal  aspect. 

C.  Palpal  tarsus  and  palpal  claw. 

D.  Leg  I  showing  nude  and  specialized   setae   (numbers  refer  to  measurements 
in  microns). 

E.  Leg  II  showing  nude  setae. 

F.  Leg  III  showing  specialized  setae. 


Mar.  31,  1964  chigger  from  lizards  15 

Diagnosis.— Related  to  Trombicula  allredi  Brennan  and  Beck  in 
having  two  mastitarsalae  (with  few  basal  barbs),  elongate  legs, 
branched  sensillae,  trifurcate  palpal  claw,  scutum  punctate  with 
posterior  margin  convex,  and  parasubterminala  branched;  differing 
from  this  species  in  having  palpal  tarsal  setal  formula  7  B.S.  (6 
B.S.  in  T.  allredi)^  two  genualae  I  (three  genualae  I  in  T.  allredi) 
and  a  distinct  knob  on  tarsala  II. 

Description  of  Holotype. — Body:  Partly  engorged,  approxi- 
mately 210  by  320,  color  in  life  orange;  eyes  2/2,  anterior  larger,  red 
in  life,  ocular  plate  indistinct. 

Dorsal  setal  formula  2-6-6-4-2,  total  20;  humeral  seta  measuring 
29,  seta  of  first  posthumeral  row  24. 

Ventral  setal  formula  2 — 2  +26.  total  30,  first  sternal  seta 
measuring  26,  posterior  ventral  seta  21. 

Scutum:  Shape  subpentagonal,  with  rounded  posterior  margin 
and  numerous  puncta  (see  Figure  lA).  Sensillary  bases  parallel  to 
bases  of  PL's.  Sensillae  with  approximately  14  branches  on  distal 
half. 

Scutal  measurements  of  holotype,  AW-58,  PW-68.  SB- 18,  ASB- 
21,  PSB-18,  AP-19,  AM-19,  AL-21,  PL-28.  S-51.  Mean  and  extremes 
of  10  larvae  (5  paratopotypes  and  5  larvae  from  Guaymas,  Sonora, 
Mexico):  AW-59  (55-62),  PW-70  (66-72).  SB-18.5  (17-20),  ASB- 
22.5  (20-24),  PSB-17  (13-19),  AP-19  (17-21).  AM-18  (17-19),  AL- 
19  (15-23).  PL-26  (23-30)  and  S-53  (49-55). 

Gnathosoma:  Cheliceral  blade  with  dorsal  tricuspid  cap  and 
prominent  ventral  tooth;  cheliceral  base  and  capitular  sternum  punc- 
tate. Galeal  seta  branched.  Palpal  setal  formula  B/B/BBB;  palpal 
tarsus  with  7  branched  setae,  subterminala  and  tarsala  (6  microns); 
palpal  claw  trifurcate. 

Legs  (specialized  setae  as  follows) :  Leg  I  with  2  genualae,  micro- 
genuala,  2  tibialae,  microtibiala,  tarsala  (12  microns),  microtarsala, 
subterminala,  parasubterminala  branched,  and  pretarsala;  leg  II 
with  genuala,  2  tibialae,  tarsala  (16  microns),  with  knob,  microtar- 
sala and  pretarsala;  leg  III  with  genuala,  tibiala  and  2  mastitarsalae 
having  several  basal  barbs.  All  legs  with  segments  elongate  and 
punctate,  with  each  leg  terminating  in  2  claws  and  a  clawlike  em- 
podium  (Figure  ID-F). 

Remarks. — The  generic  allocation  of  lacerticola  to  Trombicula 
is  tentative,  as  it  is  not  Trombicula,  sensu  stricto.  This  species  does 
not  seem  to  belong  to  the  genus  Neotrombiculoides  Vercammen- 
Grandjean  (1960),  nor  to  the  subgenus  Squamicola  Audy  and  Ver- 
cammen-Grandjean  (1961)  currently  placed  in  the  genus  Eutrom- 
bicula.  The  palpal  tarsal  setal  formula  of  lacerticola  is  7  B.S.,  which 
differs  from  that  reported  for  Neotrombiculoides  (7  B.  or  6  B.S.) 
and  although  the  palpal  formula  is  the  same  as  that  of  Squamicola, 
lacerticola  has  only  two  genualae  (three  genualae  in  Squamicola) 
in  addition  to  other  differences.  The  13  species  of  Squamicola  (in- 
cluding Eutrombicula  maura  Taufflieb  and  E.  meridialis  Taufflieb, 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

16  R.  B.  LOOMIS  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

1960)  have  been  found  only  in  Africa,  and  with  the  exception  of 
one  species,  they  have  been  recovered  only  from  lizards.  These  spe- 
cies of  Squamicola  and  T.  lacerticola  possess  an  expanded  tip  on 
tarsala  II,  which  may  indicate  close  relationship;  however,  at  least 
four  other  species  of  chiggers.  including  two  species  in  another  sub- 
family, also  possess  this  modification.  These  species  are  Odontacarus 
arizonensis  (Ewing)  from  North  American  lizards  and  Odontacarus 
agamae  Taufflieb  (1960)  from  North  African  lizards,  in  subfamily 
Leeuwenhoekiinae.  and  Euschoengastia  longitarsala  Powder  and 
Loomis  (1962)  taken  only  from  lizards  in  California  and  Sauriscus 
ewingi  Lawrence  from  South  African  lizards.  The  genus  Sauriscus 
was  discussed  by  Audy  and  Veracammen-Grandjean  (1961:138) 
who  state  that  "This  chigger  is  obviously  derived  from  the  same 
stem  as  Squamicola  and  indeed  might  well  be  regarded  as  a  sister 
subgenus."  It  is  suggested  that  the  expanded  tip  of  this  chemorecep- 
tor  plays  a  role  in  the  detection  of  the  lizard  hosts. 

Nymphs  and  adults  of  T .  lacerticola  have  been  reared  and  will 
be  studied  and  described  in  detail.  Comparison  of  the  postlarval 
stages  of  this  species  and  members  of  Squamicola  should  help  to 
determine  if  they  have  a  close  relationship. 

The  larvae  of  this  species  were  found  attached  in  the  axillary  and 
groin  areas,  and  in  the  "mite  pockets"  which  are  located  above 
the  front  limbs  of  the  saurian  hosts. 

The  seasonal  occurrence  of  the  attached  larvae  seems  to  be  limit- 
ed to  the  summer  months,  as  most  of  the  records  are  between  the 
first  of  June  and  the  end  of  August.  Many  of  the  records  from  Cali- 
fornia were  from  lizards  taken  in  or  near  rocky  habitats. 

Specimens  Ex.^mined. —  lotal  197  larvae  as  follows:  NEVADA. 
Clark  County:  3  mi.  SE  Riverside  on  Virgin  River,  4  August  1961, 
Uta  stansburiana  (10)  and  Sceloporus  magister  (4).  Nye  County: 
14  to  30  mi.  N  Mercury,  26  August  1959,  Cnemidophorus  tigris 
(1-BYU),  Crotaphytus  wislizeni  (1-BYU)  and  Phrynosoma  platy- 
rhinos  (1-BYU),  6  Sept.  1959,  Uta  stansburiana  (2-BYU).  CALI- 
FORNIA. Kern  County:  Ridgecrest,  30  June  1957,  Callisaurus  dra- 
conoides  (5).  Riverside  County:  Snow  Creek  Canyon.  14  June 
1961,  JJta  stansburiana  (5);  1.7  mi.  N  of  Joshua  Tree  National 
Monument  Entrance  on  Old  Dale  Road,  4  June  1961,  Crotaphytus 
collaris  (2);  (all  of  the  following  localities  in  Joshua  Tree  National 
Monument)— Belle  Campground,  3800',  5  Aug.  1959,  Sceloporus 
magister  (11);  Cottonwood  Spring.  11-12  July  1961,  Sceloporus 
magister  (4)  and  Uta  stansburiana  (18,  including  type  series);  and 
6  August  1959,  Uta  stansburiana  (3);  Lost  Horse  Valley,  4200', 
19-22  July  1961,  Crotaphytus  wislizeni  (8),  Sceloporus  occidentalis 
(3)  and  Uta  stansburiana  (20);  6  August  1959,  Sceloporus  occiden- 
talis (2);  6  mi.  NW  Old  Dale  Junction  2400',  30  May  1960,  Uta 
stansubriana  (4);  Pinon  Wells,  3900',  7  August  1959,  Uta  stans- 
buriana (9);  Squaw  Tank,  3700',  7  August  1959,  Uta  stansburiana 
(1);  Queens  Valley,  2  July  1960,  Phrynosoma  platyrhinos  (2);  4 
mi.  S,  1   mi.  E  Squaw  Tank,  6  August  1959,  Sceloporus  magister 


Mar.  31,  1964  chigger  from  lizards  17 

(3).  San  Bernardino  County:  (all  in  Joshua  Tree  National  Monu- 
ment)— 49  Palms  road,  0.6  mi.  SW  of  Monument  Entrance,  5  Aug- 
ust 1961.  Crotaphytus  coUaris  (8);  4  mi.  S  Twentynine  Palms,  0.3 
mi.  S  Monument  Entrance.  11  July  1961,  Crotaphytus  wisUzerd 
(3).  MEXICO.  Sonora.  9-11  mi.  NW  Guaymas,  4-6  July  1960, 
Callisaurus  draconoides  (28)  Uta  taylori  (2)  and  Urosaurus  ornatus 
(8),  9  June  1961,  Crotaphytus  collaris  (18)  and  Holbrookia  macu- 
lata  (11). 

Literature  Cited 

Allied,   Dorald   M.  and   Beck,   D  Elden.      1962.     Ecological   distribution  of  mites 

on   lizards  at  the  Nevada   atomic   test  site.    Herpetologica    18(1):47-51. 
Audy,   J.    R.    and   Vercammen-Grandjean,    P.    H.      1961.     African   Trombiculidae 

(Acarina).    2.    The    Genera    Eutrombicula   Ew.    and    Sauriscus   Lawr.,    with 

description   of   a   new   subgenus.   Squamicola.   Ann.    Natal   Mus.,   15(pt.    13): 

135-140. 
Brennan.    J.    M.    and   Beck,    D   Elden.      1956.     The   chiggers   of   Utah    (Acarina: 

Trombiculidae).  Great  Basin  Nat.  15:1-26. 
Powder,   Wm.   A.   and  Loomis.  R.  B.      1962.     A  new  species  and  new  records  of 

chiggers    (Acarina.   Trombiculidae)    from    reptiles  of  southern   California.    J. 

Parasitol.  48:204-208. 
Taufflieb.    R.      1960.     Contribution   a    I'etude   des  Trombiculidae   Marocains.   De- 
scription de  nouvelles   especes  et   etude  d'une  population  de  Neotrombicula. 

Arch.  Inst.  Past.  Maroc.  6(l):27-48. 
Vercammen-Grandjean,    P.    H.      1960.     Introduction   a   un    essai    de  classification 

rationnelle   des   larves   de  Trombiculinae   Ewing    1944    (Acarina-Trombiculi- 

dae).  Acarologia  2(4):469-471,  1  table. 
Wharton,  G.  W..  Jenkins,  D.  W.,  Brennan,  J.  M.,  Fuller.  H.  S.,  Kohls,  G.  M.  and 

Philip,  C.  B.      1951.     The  terminology  and  classification  of  trombiculid  mites 

(Acarina:  Trombiculidae).  J.  Parasitol.  37:13-31. 


UNDESCRIBED  SPECIES   OF  NEARCTIC  TIPULIDAE 
(DIPTERA)    IV. 

Charles   P.   Alexander' 

All  species  discussed  at  this  time  are  from  California  where  they 
were  collected  by  Dr.  Dennis  Hynes,  Mr.  Hugh  B.  I;eech  and  the 
present  writer,  the  types  being  preserved  in  my  collection  except 
where  indicated  to  the  contrary.  I  am  indebted  to  the  other  collectors 
for  their  continued  interest  in  making  known  the  rich  Tipulid  fauna 
of  California. 

Tipula  (Lufiatipula)  cladacanthodes,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  cladacantha,  differing  chiefly  in  the  hypopygial  char- 
acters, especially  the  tergite  and  inner  dististyle,  the  outer  basal  lobe 
of  the  latter  with  its  anterior  arm  slender,  posterior  arm  short,  the 
apical  points  strongly  divergent. 

Male. — Length  about  17  mm.;  wing  18  mm.;  antenna  about 
6  mm. 

Frontal  prolongation  of  head  subequal  in  length  to  the  remain- 
der, yellow;  nasus  small  but  distinct;  palpi  yellow,  terminal  segment 
brownish  black.  Antennae  relatively  long;  basal  three  segments 
yellow,  remainder  brownish  black,  the  basal  enlargements  slightly 
darker,  especially  on  the  outer  segments;  verticils  shorter  than  the 
segments.  Head  buffy  brown,  more  yellowed  behind  and  surround- 
ing the  antennal  bases;  vertex  with  a  capillary  blackish  median  line. 

Thoracic  dorsum  almost  uniformly  yellow,  the  usual  praescutal 
stripes  faintly  differentiated.  Pleura  yellowed,  vaguely  patterned 
with  darker  yellow  areas;  dorsopleural  membrane  clear  yellow. 
Halteres  with  stem  yellow,  knob  dark  brown.  Legs  with  coxae  and 
trochanters  orange  yellow;  femora  brownish  yellow,  tips  darker 
brown;  tibiae  and  basitarsi  yellowish  brown,  remainder  of  tarsi 
darker;  claws  toothed.  Wings  brownish  yellow,  prearcular  field, 
costal  region  and  stigma  slightly  darker,  proximal  end  of  the  last 
more  yellowed;  obliterative  band  before  cord  extensive;  veins  brown- 
ish yellow.  Venation:   Petiole  of  cell  M^  slightly  exceeding  m. 

Abdomen  chiefly  yellowed,  midregion  of  tergites  slightly  more 
infuscated;  hypopygium  yellow.  Male  hypopygium  generally  as  in 
cladacantha,  including  the  bifid  outer  basal  lobe  of  the  inner  disti- 
style. differing  in  all  details  of  structure.  Tergal  lobes  more  obtusely 
rounded  at  apices.  Inner  dististyle  with  main  body  narrower;  outer 
basal  lobe  distinctive,  the  anterior  arm  slender,  almost  parallel-sided, 
posterior  arm  shorter  and  diverging  more  strongly  from  body  of 
style  the  apical  points  likewise  strongly  divergent. 

Habitat. — California   (Monterey  County). 

I.     Anilieist.    .MrtisHcliuseUb. 

19 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
20  CHARLES  P.  ALEXANDER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

HoLOTYPE,  cf,  Spruce  Creek.  June  25,  1962  (Dennis  Hynes); 
Hynes  No.  72. 

The  most  similar  species  is  Tipula  (Lunatipula)  cladacantha 
Alexander,  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas,  California,  which  differs  in  the 
hypopygial  characters,  as  discussed  above. 

Thaurnastovtera  hynesi,  n.sp. 

Size  small  (wing  of  male  4.5  mm.);  general  coloration  of  body, 
halteres  and  legs  yellow;  wings  pale  yellow,  the  inconspicuous 
veins  slightly  darker  yellow;  male  hypopygium  with  the  outer  disti- 
style  broad,  the  beak  with  a  powerful  seta  on  disk. 

Male. — Length  about  3.8  mm.;  wing  4.5  mm.;  antenna  about 
1.2  mm. 

Rostrum  light  yellow,  palpi  brown.  Antenna  with  scape  and 
pedicel  yellow,  flagellum  dark  brown;  flagellar  segments  oval,  short- 
er than  their  verticils.  Head  obscure  yellow,  the  broad  anterior 
vertex  light  silvery. 

Thorax  fulvous  yellow,  subnitidous;  notal  vestiture  whitened. 
Halteres  with  stem  while,  knob  more  yellowed.  Legs  yellowish 
white  throughout;  claws  long  and  slender,  gently  curved,  simple. 
Wings  pale  yellow;  veins  inconspicuous,  slightly  darker  yellow; 
macrotrichia  dark  brown.  Longitudinal  veins  with  numerous  trichia, 
lacking  on  bases  of  veins  M.  Cu  and  Anals.  Venation:  h  faintly 
indicated;  Sc-,  ending  about  opposite  three-fourths  Rs;  vein  R,  long, 
very  pale  and  without  trichia,  close  to  top  of  /?i;  vein  Sc^  also  very 
pale,  apparently  far  retracted  and  lying  basad  of  origin  of  Rs; 
branches  of  Rs  gently  decurved,  convergent  outwardly,  cell  R^  at 
margin  narrower  than  cell  /?-„•  petiole  of  cell  2nd  AU  only  a  little 
longer  than  the  basal  section  of  Mj+o;  m-cu  nearly  opposite  mid- 
length  of  Rs. 

Abdomen,  including  hypopygium,  light  yellow.  Male  hypopygi- 
um with  the  tergal  region  at  midwidth  with  a  dense  concentration  of 
pale  setae  and  setoid  points,  these  directed  mesad  to  form  a  compact 
median  pocket.  Basistyle  with  setae  at  apex  of  outer  face  very  long, 
exceeding  the  dististyle  Jn  length.  Dististyle  terminal,  broad,  the 
outer  crest  obtusely  rounded;  beak  developed,  bearing  a  single 
powerful  seta  on  disk,  with  additional  more  basal  marginal  setae, 
including  a  concentration  of  larger  bristles  near  base.  Phallosome 
including  the  simple  sclerotized  aedeagus  arising  from  a  basal  sheath, 
thence  slightly  dilated,  very  gradually  narrowed  and  curved  to  the 
acute  tip. 

Habitat. — California  (Monterey  County). 

pToLOTYPE,  cf.  Spruce  Creek,  June  25,  1962  (Dennis  Hynes); 
Hynes  No.  70. 

I  take  unusual  pleasure  in  naming  this  outstanding  fly  for  Dr. 
Dennis  Hynes,  who  is  accomplishing  fine  work  on  the  biology  of 
the  California  Tipulidae.  This  is  a  noteworthy  discovery.  The  in- 
conspicuous small  fly  furnishes  the  first  record  of  occurrence  of  the 


Mar.  31,  1964  new  nearctic  tipulidae  21 

genus  in  the  New  World.  The  six  species  previously  described  are 
from  Europe,  the  Philippines,  South  India,  southeastern  Africa,  and 
Madagascar.  Two  further  species  are  known  as  Tertiary  fossils  in 
the  Gurnet  Bay  beds  and  from  the  Baltic  Amber. 

Dicranota  (Plectromyia)  lassenensis,  n.sp. 

General  coloration  of  head  and  thorax  dark  gray,  the  praescutum 
with  three  slightly  differentiated  grayish  brown  stripes;  femora  ob- 
scure yellowy  the  tips  narrowly  more  darkened;  wings  narrow,  sub- 
hyaline,  stigma  pale  brown;  veins  brown,  conspicuous  against  the 
ground;  male  hypopygium  with  the  median  lobe  of  tergite  very  low; 
dististyle  large  and  tumid,  darkened,  broadly  oval  in  outline. 

Male. — Length  about  4.8  -  5  mm.;  wing  5.4-6  mm.;  antenna 
about  0.6  -  0.7  mm. 

Female. — Length  about  6  -  6.2  mm.;  wing  6.2  -  6.5  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  short,  13-segmented,  brown- 
ish black  throughout;  basal  flagellar  segments  long-oval,  outer  ones 
shorter,  the  segments  less  than  their  verticils.  Head  gray,  posterior 
vertex  variegated  by  brown  areas  on  either  side  of  midline. 

Thorax  dark  gray,  praescutum  with  three  slightly  differentiated 
grayish  brown  stripes.  Pleura  dark  gray,  dorsopleural  membrane 
dusky.  Halteres  with  stem  yellow,  knob  infuscated.  Legs  with  coxae 
yellowed,  fore  pair  more  darkened  basally;  femora  obscure  yellow, 
tips  narrowly  and  vaguely  more  darkened;  tibiae  and  tarsi  yellowish 
brown,  outer  tarsal  segments  darker.  Wings  narrow,  subhyaline, 
stigma  oval,  pale  brown,  base  more  yellowed;  veins  brown,  con- 
spicuous against  the  ground,  prearcular  veins  yellowed.  Longitudinal 
veins  beyond  cord  chiefly  with  macro trichia,  lacking  on  /?2+3+4;  basad 
of  cord  lacking  on  M,  present  on  outer  ends  of  Cu^  and  the  Anals. 
Venation:  /?2  in  cases  very  close  to  tip  of  /?i,  /?i+2  shorter  than  /?2; 
/?2+3+4  variable  in  length,  from  subequal  to  r-m  to  twice  this  length; 
Rs  arcuate  to  subangulate  at  near  midlength;  m-cu  about  one-third 
to  one-half  its  length  beyond  the  fork  of  M. 

Abdomen,  including  hypopygium,  brownish  gray,  the  latter 
large.  Ovipositor  with  cerci  horn  yellow,  hypovalvae  paler.  Male 
hypopygium  with  the  median  tergal  area  slightly  produced  to  appear 
low  convex  in  outline;  each  lateral  arm  produced  into  a  long  ter- 
minal spine.  Interbase  broadly  expanded  at  near  midlength.  the 
apical  spine  slender.  Dististyle  very  large  and  tumid,  darkened, 
broadly  oval  in  outline,  outer  face  virtually  glabrous,  apex  with  a 
few  elongate  setae. 

Habitat. — California  (Shasta  County). 

HoLOTYPE,   c?.  Reflection  Lake,  Lassen  Volcanic  National  Park, 
5890  feet,  August  5,  1958  (Alexander).  Allotype,   9.  pinned  with 
type    Paratopotypes,  5  cf  ?  ,  August  3-5,  1958  (Alexander). 
*    Swept  from  vegetation  along  small  stream  flowing  into  Man- 
zanita  Lake  opposite  Park  Headquarters. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
22  CHARLES  P.  ALEXANDER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.   1 

The  most  similar  species  is  Dicranota  {Plectromyia)  cascadica 
Alexander,  of  Oregon  and  Washington,  which  is  told  by  the  paler 
buffy  brown  coloration  of  the  thorax  and  the  details  of  the  male 
hypopygium,  especially  the  dististyle. 

Gonomyia  {Idiocera)  leechi,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  multistylata;  thoracic  pleura  heavily  striped  longi- 
tudinally with  brown  and  yellow;  wings  conspicuously  patterned 
with  dark  brown,  cell  C  with  a  series  of  paler  brown  spots;  veins 
/?i+2  and  /?3  confluent  at  margin,  closing  the  cell;  male  hypopygium 
with  the  intermediate  dististyle  a  small  slender  yellow  rod. 

Male. — Length  about  5.5  -  6  mm.  wing  5.5  -  6.5  mm. 

Female. — Length  about  6  -  7.5  mm.;  wing  5.5  -  7  mm. 

Described  from  alcoholic  specimens.  Rostrum  dark  brown;  palpi 
black.  Antennae  with  scape  yellowed  above,  dark  brown  beneath; 
pedicel  chiefly  brown,  flagellum  black,  the  segments  long-oval,  sub- 
equal  to  the  longest  verticils.  Head  pale,  vertex  with  a  narrow  dark 
brown  central  stripe. 

Pronotum  yellow,  with  four  narrow  brown  longitudinal  lines, 
including  a  lateral  pair.  Mesonotal  praescutum  with  humeral  and 
lateral  areas  with  isolated  yellow  spots,  disk  with  four  nearly  con- 
fluent dark  stripes;  scutum  with  lobes  dark  brown,  median  region 
yellow  with  a  narrow  brown  central  line;  scutellum  brown,  with  a 
yellow  central  area;  mediotergite  darkened  on  central  part,  broadly 
yellow  on  sides,  this  including  also  the  dorsal  pleurotergite.  Pleura 
yellow,  with  conspicuous  brown  longitudinal  stripes.  Halteres  with 
stem  whitened,  knob  dark  brown.  Legs  with  femora  obscure  yellow, 
tips  narrowly  brown;  tibiae  and  basitarsi  yellowed,  tips  more  nar- 
rowly brownish  black,  outer  tarsal  segments  blackened.  Wings  whit- 
ish subhyaline,  conspicuously  patterned  with  dark  brown,  including 
the  stigma  and  smaller  spots  at  h,  arculus,  origin  of  Rs.  fork  of  Sc, 
cord,  forks  of  /?2+3+4  and  M,  with  weaker  more  or  less  confluent 
clouds  at  end  of  vein  /?3;  stigma  paler  brown;  a  series  of  from  three 
to  seven  small  pale  brown  spots  in  cell  C;  veins  brown.  Sc  and  the 
prearcular  veins  paler  brown.  Venation:  /?i+o  and  /?.,  confluent  at 
margin,  closing  the  cell. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  pleural  membrane  of  proximal  segments 
pale.  Male  hypopygium  with  apical  lobe  of  basistyle  moderately 
long.  Outer  dististyle  blackened,  profoundly  divided,  outer  arm  a 
gently  curved  spine,  its  tip  acute;  inner  arm  subequal  in  length,  at 
near  two-thirds  the  length  ben!  at  a  right  angle  into  a  strong  spine, 
its  tip  acute,  the  point  of  angulation  with  a  small  spine;  intermediate 
style  a  small  pale  yellow  rod,  about  one-half  as  long  as  the  arms  of 
the  outer  style;  inner  dististyle  a  broad  yellow  blade,  the  apex  trun- 
cate. Aedeagus  slender,  the  simple  slender  tip  decurved. 

Habitat. — California  (Mono  County). 

Holotype,  alcoholic  d ,  The  Hot  Springs,  3  miles  SSE  of  Bridge- 
port, at  light,  August  11,  1962  (H.  B.  Leech).  Allotype.    9.  with 


Mar.  31,  1964  new  nearctic  tipulidae  23 

the  type.  Paratopotypes,  6  d  9  ,  with  the  types.  Ilolotype  in  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences.  Associated  with  Linionia  {Dicra- 
nomyia)  brevivena  (Osten  Sacken)  and  Erioptera  {Symplecta) 
cana  (Walker). 

This  species  is  named  in  honor  of  Hugh  B.  Leech,  to  whom  we 
are  indebted  for  several  species  of  crane  flies  from  California.  It  is 
closest  to  Gonomyia  {Idiocera)  multistylata  Alexander,  of  southern 
Utah^  the  male  hypopygium  of  which  similarly  has  four  dististyles 
or  profound  branches.  The  present  fly  is  readily  told  by  the  length 
and  coloration  of  the  intermediate  style  which  in  multistylata  is  a 
long  slender  blackened  spine,  subequal  in  length  to  the  branches  of 
the  outer  style. 

Lipsothrix  hyrtesiana,  n.sp. 

General  coloration  of  mesonotum  obscure  yellow  with  three 
brown  areas,  the  median  stripe  divided  behind;  antennae  of  male 
elongate;  legs  obscure  yellow;  wings  obscure  yellow,  faintly  pat- 
terned with  light  brown;  no  macrotrichia  in  wing  cells;  veins  /?2+3+4, 
/?2+3  and  /?3  subequal;  cell  1st  Mo  long-rectangular,  subequal  to  vein 
Ms;  male  hypopygium  with  the  interbase  terminating  in  a  narrow 
paddlelike  blade,  its  tip  obtuse. 

Male. — Length  about  9.5  mm.;  wing  10  mm.;  antenna  about 
4.1  mm. 

Rostrum  yellow;  palpi  brown.  Antennae  of  male  elongate,  as 
shown  by  the  measurements;  scape  and  pedicel  obscure  yellow, 
flagellum  dark  brown;  flagellar  segments  elongate-cylindrical,  with 
an  abundant  erect  pubescence  and  slightly  longer  verticils  that  are 
less  than  one-third  the  segments.  Head  of  type  as  seen  from  above 
apparently  abnormal  in  color,  gray  on  the  right  half,  yellow  on  the 
left. 

Pronotal  scutum  brown,  scutellum  light  yellow.  Mesonotal  prae- 
scutum  obscure  yellow,  with  three  brown  areas,  the  median  stripe 
divided  behind,  lateral  areas  paler  and  less  evident;  scutellum  ob- 
scure yellow,  center  of  each  lobe  with  a  single  brown  area;  scutellum 
yellow;  mediotergite  brownish  yellow.  Pleura  yellow,  vaguely  pat- 
terned with  brown  on  anepisternum  and  ventral  sternopleurite. 
Halteres  pale  yellow,  knob  brown.  Legs  with  coxae  and  trochanters 
yellow;  remainder  of  legs  more  obscure  yellow,  the  outer  tarsal  seg- 
ments very  slightly  darker;  claws  bispinous.  Wings  obscure  yellow, 
faintly  patterned  with  light  brown,  including  the  long  stigma,  cord 
and  outer  end  of  cell  1st  Mn;  veins  pale  brown,  somewhat  darker  in 
the  clouded  areas.  No  macrotrichia  in  the  wing  cells.  Venation:  Sci 
ending  about  opposite  two-thirds  /?2+3+4,  the  latter  straight,  subequal 
to  /?:..,3  and  /?3;  Rs  long;  cell  1st  M.  long-rectangular,  subequal  to 
vein  M3;  m-cu  close  to  fork  of  M. 

Abdominal  tergites  brown,  the  disks  of  the  intermediate  ones 
vaguely  patterned  with  yellow,  sternites  light  yellow;  segments  eight 
and  nine  darker  brown  to  form  an  inconspicuous  ring;  hypopygium 
brownish  yellow.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  interbase  terminating 
in  a  narrow  paddlelike  blade,  the  tip  obtuse. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
24  CHARLES  P.  ALEXANDER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

Habitat. — California  (Monterey  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  <S,  Salmon  Creek,  October  26,  1962  (Dennis  Hynes); 
Hynes  No.  69. 

This  distinct  member  of  the  genus  is  dedicated  to  the  collector. 
The  only  other  described  western  Nearctic  species  that  lacks  macro- 
trichia  in  the  outer  wing  cells  is  Lipsothrix  fenderi  Alexander,  read- 
ily told  by  the  pale  yellow  coloration  of  the  body  and  wings,  colora- 
tion of  the  legs,  short  antennae,  and  the  details  of  venation.  The 
darkened  wing  pattern  of  the  present  fly  likewise  distingiushes  it 
from  all  other  American  species  of  the  genus. 

Ormosia  {Ormosia)  burneyana,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  pleuracantha;  general  coloration  of  thorax  brownish 
gray;  antennae  of  male  long,  scape  and  pedicel  yellow,  flagellum 
black;  segments  strongly  narrowed  outwardly,  provided  with  con- 
spicuous erect  yellow  setae;  male  hypopygium  with  the  mesal  face 
of  basistyle  very  unequally  bispinous,  both  spines  directed  caudad; 
outer  dististyle  a  flattened  suboval  plate,  its  outer  angle  scabrous, 
produced  into  two  or  three  small  thorns  and  a  single  long  spine. 

Male. — Length  about  4.5  -  4.7  mm.;  wing  5.8-6  mm.;  antenna 
about  2.1  -  2.2  mm. 

Female. — Length  about  5.5  mm.;  wing  6  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  black.  Antennae  of  male  long,  exceeding  one- 
third  the  wing;  scape  and  pedicel  brownish  yellow,  flagellum  black; 
flagellar  segments  enlarged  basally,  narrowed  outwardly,  surface 
with  abundant  erect  yellow  setae;  verticils  black,  unilaterally  ar- 
ranged on  outer  face.  Head  light  gray. 

Pronotum  light  brown,  lateral  ends  of  scutellum  yellow.  Mesono- 
tal  praescutum  gray  with  four  more  brownish  gray  stripes  that  are 
only  vaguely  indicated,  the  capillary  median  line  still  darker  brown; 
posterior  sclerites  brownish  gray,  parascutella  yellowish  brown. 
Pleura  brownish  gray.  Halteres  with  stem  yellow,  knob  slightly 
darker.  Legs  with  coxae  obscure  yellow,  trochanters  clear  light  yel- 
low; femora  brownish  yellow,  brighter  at  bases;  tibiae  and  tarsi  light 
brown.  Wings  weakly  infuscated.  stigma  large,  darker  brown;  a 
large  cream-colored  area  before  cord  and  stigma,  with  a  smaller 
marking  beyond  the  stigma;  veins  brown,  more  yellowed  in  the  pale 
areas.  Venation:  S'ci  ending  just  beyond  /?:;,  Sc^  about  opposite  two- 
fifths  /?5;  vein  /?2  near  fork  of  /?2+3+4;  rn-cu  close  to  fork  of  M;  vein 
2nd  A  sinuous. 

Abdomen  dark  brown.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  tergite  large, 
lateral  lobes  scarcely  developed,  provided  with  very  long  decussate 
yellow  setae.  Basistyle  on  mesal  face  with  a  narrow  plate  that  is 
very  unequally  bispinous,  the  long  outer  spine  gently  curved,  the 
tiny  more  basal  one  straight,  both  spines  directed  caudad.  Outer 
dististyle  a  flattened  suboval  plate,  the  outer  angle  produced  into 
two  or  three  small  acute  thorns,  the  surface  roughened  and  short 
hairy;  a  much  longer  spine  lying  across  the  face  of  style;  inner  disti- 


Mar.  31,  1964  new  nearctic  tipulidae  25 

style  horn-yellow,  simple,  narrowed  to  the  obtuse  tip,  the  outer  half 
chiefly  membranous.  Phallosome  with  gonapophyses  appearing  as 
long  horn-yellow  blades,  narrowed  very  gradually  into  pale  mem- 
brane, longer  than  the  aedeagus. 

Habitat.- — California  (Shasta  County). 

HoLOTYPE.  cT,  Burney  Falls,  August  1,  1958,  swept  from  vegeta- 
tion at  foot  of  falls  (Alexander).  Allotype,  9,  with  type.  Para- 
TOPOTYPES,  S    cf  d  ■ 

Ormosia  {Ormosia)  burneyana  is  allied  to  but  quite  distinct  from 
O.  (O.)  pleuracantha  Alexander,  differing  in  the  structure  of  the 
hypopygium,   especially   the   basistyle  and   outer  dististyle. 


TWO   NEW   SPECIES   OF   LACEBUGS   FROM   INDIA 
(HEMIPTERA:    TINGIDAE) 

Carl  J.  Drake'  and  David  Livingstone" 

The  present  paper  charatcerizes  a  new  species  of  the  lacebug 
genus  Tirtgis  Fabricius  and  another  of  Monosteira  Costa  from  India. 
In  the  structural  measurements,  80  units  equal  1  millimeter.  The 
holotypes  are  in  the  Drake  Collection  (USNM).  The  illustration 
was  drawn  by  Miss  Lisa  Biganoli,  Washington,  D.  C.  This  study 
and  others  in  progress  are  supported  in  part  by  a  grant  from  the 
National  Science  Foundation  (GB-791). 

Tingis  agrana,  sp.  nov. 

Obovate,  grayish  testaceous,  with  a  small  spot  at  each  juncture  of 
the  transverse  vein  of  costal  area  and  outer  marginal  vein  of  elytron 
plus  some  veinlets  in  paranotum  opposite  humeral  angle  blackish; 
pronotal  disc  and  head  dark  reddish  brown;  body  beneath  dark 
brown,  the  pronotal  sterna  and  pleura  blackish.  Antennae  blackish 
fuscous  with  third  segment  brown.  Legs  blackish  fuscous  with  tips  of 
femora,  tibiae,  and  base  of  tarsi  brown.  Entire  dorsal  surface  rather 
thickly  clothed  with  fine,  recumbent,  yellowish  or  whitish  pubescent 
hairs,  the  head  and  forepart  of  pronotum  with  some  whitish  exu- 
date; body  beneath  sparcely  clothed  with  short  pale  hairs.  Antennae 
and  legs  with  short,  pale,  setose  hairs.  Length  3.25  mm.,  width 
(across  middle  of  elytra)  L50  mm. 

Head  very  short,  little  produced  in  front  of  eyes,  sharply  de- 
clivent  in  front,  armed  with  five  short  pale  spines;  bucculae  areo- 
late,  closed  or  nearly  closed  in  front.  Labium  brownish,  extending  to 
base  of  mesosternum;  laminae  of  rostral  sulcus  low,  areolate,  diver- 
gent posteriorly,  open  at  base.  Antennae  rather  short,  moderately 
slender,  measurements:  segment  I,  0.20  mm.;  II,  0.15  mm.;  Ill, 
0.80  mm.;  IV,  0.50  mm.  Legs  rather  short,  femora  slightly  swollen. 
Hypocostal  lamina  composed  of  one  row  of  quadrate  areolae. 

Pronotum  broad,  coarsely  pitted,  moderately  convex,  areolate  on 
triangular  projection,  tricarinate;  all  carinae  long,  raised,  each  com- 
posed of  one  row  of  fairly  large  areolae;  lateral  carinae  not  quite 
as  high  as  median,  slightly  concave  within  in  front  of  middle  of 
disc;  hood  moderately  large,  almost  quadrate  in  outline,  extending 
backwards  on  forepart  of  pronotal  disc,  feebly  produced  in  front, 
dorsal  surface  obtusely  tectiform;  paranotum  wide,  long,  reflexed 
upward,  triseriate  opposite  humeral  angle,  then  biseriate  anteriorly. 

Elytra  with  sutural  areas  overlapping  each  other  so  as  to  rest  in 
repose  jointly  rounded  behind,  scarcely  wider  at  widest  point  than 


1.  Smithsonian  Institution.  Washington.  D.C. 

2.  St.  John's  College,  .^gra.  India. 


27 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
28  DRAKE  &  LIVINGSTONE  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

width  across  humeral  angles  of  pronotum;  costal  area  biseriate,  areo- 
lae irregular  in  form  and  arrangement;  subcostal  area  biseriate, 
areolae  arranged  in  regular  rows;  discoidal  area  very  large,  three- 
fourths  as  long  as  elytron,  acutely  angulate  at  each  end,  five  or  six 
areolae  deep  at  widest  point  near  miadle.  Wings  almost  as  long  as 
elytra,  slightly  clouded  with  fuscous. 

HoLOTYPE  (male)  and  allotype  (female),  both  macropterous, 
Agra.  India.  September.  1960. 

The  wider  paranota,  obovate  form,  and  shorter  appendages  sepa- 
rate this  species  from  other  hairy  members  of  the  genus  in  the 
Orient. 

Monosteira  edeia,  sp.  no  v. 

Figure    1 

Monosteira  minutula  (not  Montandon) :  Livingstone,  Agra  Univ. 
Journ.  Research  (Sci.),  vol.  11,  pp.  117-129,  figs.  1-10  (biology 
and  morphology). 

Small,  testaceous  to  brownish  testaceous  with  pronotal  disc  black- 
ish fuscous  in  male  and  usually  dark  stramineous  in  female; 
front  row  of  areolae  on  collar  and  flap  of  each  paranotum  opposite 
its  respective  callus  testaceous;  body  beneath  reddish  brown  with 
sternum  black.  Appendages  testaceous  with  tips  of  tarsi  and  fourth 
antennal  segments  brownish.  Length  1.80  mm.,  width  (elytra) 
0.60  mm. 

Head  very  short,  feebly  extended  in  front  of  eyes,  armed  above 
with  five  short  spines,  the  hind  pair  appressed  and  longer  than  the 
others;  bucculae  wide,  areolate,  closed  in  front.  Labium  extending 
to  middle  of  mesosternum;  laminae  of  rostral  sulcus  present  on  all 
three  sternal  divisions  of  pronotum,  low  on  prosternum,  open  be- 
hind. Hypocostal  laminae  biseriate  from  base  to  beyond  middle, 
thence  posteriorly  uniseriate.  Antennae  inconspicuously  pubescent, 
segment  IV  subfusiform,  measurements:  segment  I,  0.07  mm.;  II, 
0.06  mm.;  III.  0.28  mm.;  IV,  0.15  mm. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex,  punctate,  unicarinate,  backward 
projection  of  hind  margin  areolate;  median  carina  percurrent, 
present  even  on  collar,  finely  areolate,  the  areolae  slightly  larger  on 
pronotal  disc  and  backward  projection  of  hind  margin;  collar  nar- 
row, areolate,  truncate  in  front;  paranota  narrow,  long,  cariniform, 
each  composed  of  a  single  row  of  tiny  areolae  from  the  base  be- 
hind humeral  angle  to  callus,  then  opposite  callus  suddenly  expand- 
ed, flaplike  and  in  there  two  or  three  areolae  deep. 

Elytra  not  much  wider  than  transhumeral  width,  longer  than 
abdomen;  costal  area  narrow,  composed  of  one  row  of  areolae;  sub- 
costal area  wider,  sloping  sharply  downward,  four  areolae  deep  in 
widest  part;  discoidal  area  about  five-sevenths  as  long  as  elytra, 
divided  behind  the  middle  by  a  crossvein,  with  hinder  part  shorter 
than  forepart  and  concavely  extended  outward  into  subcostal  area 


Mar.  31,  1964 


LACEBUGS  FROM  INDIA 


29 


(fig.  1);  sutural  area  wide,  overlapping  other  elytron  in  resting 
posture.  Hind  wings  not  much  shorter  than  elytra,  functional,  whit- 
ish opaque.  Legs  rather  short,  femora  slightly  swollen. 

HoLOTYPE  (male)  and  allotype  (female),  both  macropterous, 
Agra,  India,  May  1962,  on  Ziziphus  jujuba,  in  Drake  Collection 
(USNM).  Paratypes,  numerous  specimens,  taken  in  same  locality 
and  on  same  food  plant  as  type,  Agra,  March  to  October  1962-1963. 


Figure  1.     Monosteira  edeia,  sp.  nov. 


This  species  is  the  same  size  and  very  similar  in  general  as- 
pect to  the  Palaearctic  M.  minutula  Montandon  and  M.  priesneri 
Wagner,  but  can  be  separated  at  once  from  either  of  them  by  the 


30 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
DRAKE  &  LIVINGSTONE  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 


long  narrow  keel-like,  unicarinate  paranota,  each  of  which  is  sud- 
denly expanded  and  auriculate  opposite  the  callus  and  there  two  or 
three  areolae  deep.  This  is  the  only  member  of  the  genus  known  to 
occur  in  Asia.  A  macropterous  paratype  is  figured. 


STUDIES  IN  NEARCTIC  DESERT  SAND  DUNE  ORTHOPTERA 

Part  IX.     A  new  Trimerotropis  from  southern  Idaho  Dunes 
Ernest  R.  Tinkham' 

The  sand  dune  areas  of  our  North  American  deserts  are  so 
numerous  that  it  is  impossible  for  one  to  know  all  of  them,  especially 
in  the  early  stages  of  investigation,  and  so  when  I  conducted  my 
sand  dune  biotae  studies  in  the  Great  Rasin  Desert,  in  the  late  sum- 
mer of  1957  and  the  summer  of  1958  under  grant  from  the  National 
Science  Foundation,  I  was  unaware  of  those  in  southern  Idaho. 
These  were  first  brought  to  my  attention  by  Dr.  James  Gillaspy, 
authority  on  the  Rembecidae,  and  this  knowledge  led  to  contact  with 
Dr.  W.  F.  Rarr,  head  of  the  Department  of  Entomology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Idaho,  just  as  he  was  leaving  on  his  sabbatical.  Later,  in 
1960,  I  noted  an  interesting  new  race  of  Trimerotropis  agrestis  from 
an  Idaho  dune  reposing  in  the  great  Orthopterological  Collection  of 
the  Museum  of  Zoology  at  the  University  of  Michigan.  Later,  cor- 
respondence was  resumed  with  Dr.  Rarr  and  through  him  and  his 
graduate  student,  Mr.  George  R.  Hewitt,  I  am  indebted  for  the  con- 
siderable collections  of  this  new  race  made  during  1962  and  1963. 
For  his  studies  and  efforts,  it  is  a  pleasure  to  name  the  new  race  in 
honor  of  this  new  student  in  the  field  of  orthopterology. 

Trimerotropis  agrestis  hewitti,  new  subspecies 

Of  the  members  of  the  T.  agrestis  group,  this  new  subspecies  is 
most  closely  related  to  T.  a.  barnumi  Tinxham,  1960.  It  is  inter- 
mediate in  size  between  barnumi  and  T.  a.  gracewileyae  Tinkham, 
1960,  from  the  San  Rafael  Desert  of  southeastern  Utah.  From  T.  a. 
barnumi  it  is  distinguished  by  the  following  features:  slightly  larger 
size,  the  more  strongly  reflexed  and  proportionately  larger,  quadrate, 
posterior  lateral  lobe  of  the  pronotum,  as  seen  from  above,  and  which 
immediately  separates  it  from  all  other  species  of  the  genus,  by  the 
more  acutely  angular  anterior  lateral  lobe  of  the  pronotum,  by  the 
more  roundly  angular  posterior  angle  of  the  dorsum  of  the  metazona 
which  in  barnumi  is  squarely  angular,  by  the  relatively  broader  head 
especially  in  the  clypeal  suture  section  which  thus  produces  a  shal- 
lower depth  to  the  head,  by  the  more  evenly  rounded  outline  of  the 
inferior  margin  of  the  lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  when  observed 
from  above  and  which  in  barnumi  is  more  angular,  and  by,  perhaps, 
other  minor  features  as  well. 

Description  of  Male  Holotype:  Head  at  the  clypeal  level 
slightly  broader  than  is  normal  for  the  genus,  its  breadth  equal  to 
the  clypeus  so  that  the  head  is  broader  and  shallower  in  depth  than 
in  other  species  of  the  genus  Trimerotropis.  Compound  eye  sub- 
globular,  its  ventral  depth  equal  to  the  length  of  the  genal  groove; 

1.     Indio,    California. 

31 


32 


E.  R.  TINKHAM 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 


Explanation  of  Plate 

1  a.     Trimerotropis  agrestis  hewitti  n.  subsp.  Dorsal  view  of  head  and  pronotum 

of  Holotype  Male,  Sand  Dune  Lake  dunes,  Owyhee  Co.,  Idaho. 
1.  b.     Lateral  view  of  Holotype  Male  of  T.  a.  hewitti  n.  subsp. 

2  a.     Trimerotropic  a.   barnumi  Tinkham.   Dorsal   view   of  Holotype   Male.   Oak 

City  Dunes,  Millard  Co.,  Utah. 
2  b.     Lateral  view  of  Holotype  Male  of  T.  a.  barnumi. 

All  drawings  executed  on  same  scale  and  drawn  6.0  x  natural  size.  Drawings 
reduced  by  reproduction  about  one-sixth.  Line  arrows  indicate  salient  compara- 
tive features. 

its  fore  margin  evenly  arcuate,  posterior  margin  circularly  rounded. 
Fastigium,  seen  in  profile,  gently  sloping  to  the  lateral  foveolae, 
thence  more  declivent  to  round  into  the  frontal  costa  at  the  upper 
level  of  the  antennal  scrobes;  lateral  carinae  of  the  fastigium  per- 
current  with  those  of  the  frontal  costa.  From  above,  lateral  carinae 
of  the  fastigium  diverging  gently  to  the  front  margin  of  the  com- 
pound eyes  and  the  posterior  angle  of  the  triangulate  lateral  fovelae 
of  the  vertex,  thence  converging  to  the  frontal  costa  where  it  diverges 
gently  to  the  central  portion  of  the  face  below  the  median  ocellus. 
From  this  area  the  roundly  angular  carinae  of  the  frontal  costa  be- 
comes rounded  as  it  diverges  strongly  to  the  lower  margin  of  the 
face.  Fastigium  moderately  impressed  between  the  compound  eyes, 
shallower  between  the  lateral  foveolae.  frontal  costa  concavely  im- 
pressed for  its  length  to  where  the  keels  diverge  strongyl  in  the  lower 
half  of  the  face.  Plane  of  the  median  ocellus  directed  downwards  so 


Mar.  31,  1964         nearctic  desert  orthoptera  33 

that  the  frontal  costa  is  most  deeply  impressed  or  excavate  just  be- 
low that  organ.  Lateral  facial  carinae  prominant,  curving  around 
the  base  of  the  antennae,  thence  diverging  strongly  to  meet  the  outer 
margins  of  the  narrow  but  very  broad  clypeus.  Lateral  ocellus  just 
above  the  middle  of  the  fore  margin  of  the  compound  eye.  Antennae 
reaching  to  the  extreme  base  of  the  caudal  femora. 

Pronotum  rather  short  and  broad  dorsally  with  deep  lateral 
lobes,  the  posterior  angle  of  which  is  not  only  broadly  and  angularly 
lobular  in  outline  but  more  strongly  reflexed  than  in  any  other 
North  American  species  of  Trimerotropis,  so  much  so  that  its  outline 
is  conspicuous  when  viewed  from  above.  Median  carina  strongly 
defined  in  the  frontal  half,  less  defined  in  the  posterior  half  of  the 
pronotum,  the  principal  sulcus  cutting  about  the  anterior  third,  the 
prozonal  crest  further  dissected  about  the  posterior  third  thus  form- 
ing the  typical  bilobate  prozonal  crest  of  the  genus.  Lateral  margins 
of  the  posterior  lobes  of  the  pronotum  diverging  ventrally,  the  nar- 
rowest portion  just  below  the  slight  metazonal  shoulder,  which  is 
well  rounded  except  on  the  anterior  quarter,  where  it  is  slightly 
angular.  Fore  margin  not  squarely  truncate  but  very  slightly  pro- 
duced; posterior  margin  very  broadly  rounded  on  the  posterior 
angle.  Sternum  typical.  Tegmina  exceeding  apex  of  abdomen  by 
one  third  the  total  length  of  the  body. 

Coloration:  General  coloration  arenaceous  above,  thoracic 
sternites  chrome  yellow,  abdominal  segments  entirely  chrome  yel- 
low. Dorsum  of  pronotum  heavily  punctate  with  black,  the  prozonal 
and  metazonal  shoulder  areas  marked  with  a  narrow  yellowish 
stripe.  Lateral  lobes  of  the  pronotum  generally  blackish  white  with 
two  small  central  whitish  areas  and  the  reflexed  posterior  angle  of 
the  lateral  lobes  and  lower  marginal  area  whitish.  Head  generally 
whitish  with  blackish  infiltrations  surrounding  scattered  punctae  on 
the  face,  posterior  portions  of  the  genae  more  infuscated  with  darker 
gray. 

Tegmina  plain  isabelline  without  indications  of  any  cross  bands, 
the  veins  and  cross  veins  mostly  white,  cells  mostly  semitranslucent 
with  scattered  infuscated  irregular  cells,  those  in  the  apical  third  the 
largest.  Angulate  anal  area  yellow  white,  the  cells  of  the  posterior 
anal  area  generally  infuscate.  Wing  with  disc  pale  yellow  and  10 
mm.  broad;  black  band  at  maximum  breadth  just  anteriorad  of 
posterior  margin,  8  mm.,  and  slightly  less  than  one  third  the  total 
length  of  the  wing,  the  anterior  portion  bearing  an  indistinctly 
blunt  apex,  this  area  distinctly  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  band 
by  the  pale  yellowish  cubital  area.  Posterior  inner  angle  of  band 
blunt  and  not  quite  reaching  the  posterior  angle  of  the  wing.  Apical 
portion  of  the  wing  beyond  the  band,  hyaline,  with  black  veins. 

Caudal  femora  with  inner  face  plain  orange  red,  outer  pagina 
with  upper  sulcus  tan  with  subbasal,  median  and  subapical  infuscat- 
ed areas  which  are  indicated  but  less  defined  on  the  outer  face; 
lower  sulcus  whitish,  genicular  areas  slightly  infuscated.  Caudal 
tibiae  orange  red  with  basal  quarter  paler,  spines  black  tipped. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
34  E.  R.  TINKHAM  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  1 

HoLOTYPE  Male:  Sand  Dune  Lake,  8  miles  NE  of  Bruneau, 
Owyhee  County,  Idaho,  Sept.  4.  1962,  George  B.  Hewitt.  Calliper 
measurements  in  mms.:  body  length  26.8;  length  to  apex  of  tegmen 
34.1;  pronotum  5.2  x  4.6;  lateral  lobe  of  pronotum  4.9  from  meta- 
zonal  shoulder  to  apex  of  posterior  lateral  lobe  x  3.5  in  width  just 
ventrad  of  shoulder;  caudal  femora  15.5  x  4.1  near  base;  tegmen 
28.6  X  4.2  mm.  Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  W.  F.  Barr,  head  of 
the  Department  of  Entomology  of  the  University  of  Idaho,  the  male 
holotype  will  be  deposited  at  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  on 
an  indefinite  loan  basis. 

Description:  Female  considerably  larger  than  the  male  but 
otherwise  very  closely  similar.  Fastigium  of  the  vertex  very  slightly 
less  impressed  than  in  the  male.  Keels  of  the  frontal  costa  slightly 
more  parallel  than  in  the  male.  Head,  from  in  front,  with  genae 
just  below  the  compound  eyes  appearing  slightly  more  convex  and 
fuller  than  in  the  male.  Relative  breadth  of  the  vertex  the  same  in 
both  sexes.  Bilobate  crest  of  prozona  slightly  less  prominent  than  in 
the  male.  Jaws  of  the  ovipositor  typical  of  the  genus.  In  all  other 
respects  the  female  is  typical  of  the  male. 

Allotype  Female:  Indian  Cove  (immediately  east  over  ridge 
from  Sand  Dune  Lake),  Owyhee  County,  Idaho,  July  30,  1932, 
A.  C.  Cole  collector  (Museum  of  Zoology,  Michigan).  Measure- 
ments in  millimeters:  Body  length  34.2,  length  to  apex  of  tegmen 
43.1;  pronotum  6.9  x  6.3;  lateral  lobe  of  pronotum  6.1  x  4.4;  tegmen 
44.4  X  6.4;  wing  31.5  x  18.2  mm.  Allotype  female  deposited  in  the 
Orthoptera  Collection  of  the  Museum  of  Zoology,  University  of 
Michigan. 

Paratype  Males:  Sand  Dune  Lake  dunes.  12,  Sept.  4,  1963;  15, 
July  18,  1963,  O.  0.  Fillmore  and  G.  B.  Hewitt;  13,  Sept.  9,  1963, 
W.  F.  Barr  and  George  B.  Hewitt.  Dietrich  Butte,  Lincoln  Co., 
Idaho,  2,  July  29.  1,  July  31,  1,  Aug.  3,  1955,  James  E.  Gallaspy; 
3,  July  20,  1962,  George  B.  Hewitt.  Range  in  millimeters:  body 
length  24.8  -  28.9;  body  length  to  apices  of  tegmina  32.5  -  36.0; 
pronotum  4.8  -  5.6  x  4.5  -  4.8;  lateral  lobes  of  pronotum  4.2  -  5.5 
(max.  depth)  x  3.9  -  4.6  (max.  breadth);  tegmina  27.0  -  30  5;  caudal 
femora  13.6  -  16.0  mm.  Thanks  to  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  W.  F.  Barr, 
paratype  males  will  be  deposited  in  the  major  orthopterological  mu- 
seums such  as  USNM,  ANSP,  MZM,  Tinkham  Eremological  Cln, 
also  Minnesota,  Brigham  Young,  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  and 
California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Paratype  males  similar  to  the  holotype  in  every  respect;  some 
males  tinged  with  rust  red  along  anal  vein,  pronotum  and  upper 
sulcus  of  caudal  femora. 

Paratype  Females:  Sand  Dune  Lake  dunes,  5,  July  18,  G.  B. 
Hewitt;  12,  July  18,  1963.  O.  O.  Fillmore  and  G.  B.  Hewitt.  Diet- 
rich Butte,  Lincoln  Co.,  Idaho,  1,  Aug.  3,  1955,  J.  E.  Gillaspy;  2, 
July  20,  1962,  George  B.  Hewitt. 


Mar.  31,  1964        nearctic  desert  orthoptera  35 

Range  in  millimeters:  Body  length  29.6  -  33.8;  length  to  apex 
of  tegmen  35.3  -  43.9;  pronotiim  5.3  -  6.8  x  4.9  -  6.1;  lateral  lobes 
4.9  -  5.7  X  4.3  -  5.1;  tegmina  29.1  -  35.4;  caudal  femora  15.0  -  18.9 
mm.  Deposition  as  indicated  for  Paratype  males.  Paratype  females 
identical  of  Allotype. 

Description  of  Sand  Dunes:  In  a  very  recent  communication 
Dr.  W.  F.  Barr  has  furnished  the  following  information:  "The 
Bruneau  sand  dunes  are  located  approximately  8  miles  northeast 
of  Bruneau  and  the  locality  is  frequently  known  now  as  Sand  Dune 
Lake.  The  dunes  themselves  are  extremely  large  and  active  and  sur- 
round several  small  fresh  water  lakes  than  have  come  into  existence 
as  a  result  of  underground  backup  from  the  Strike  Dam  on  the 
Snake  River.  The  dunes  lie  in  the  southern  portion  of  a  small  basin 
that  extends  several  miles  northward  and  opens  on  the  Snake  River. 
Several  square  miles  of  area  are  occupied  by  the  dunes.  Vegetation 
on  the  peripheral  sandy  areas  includes  Artemesia  tridentata,  Chryso- 
thamnus  nauseosus  and  viscidiflorus,  Atriplex  canescens,  Psoralea 
lanceolata,  Indian  rice  grass,  balsam  root  and  other  annuals.  Wil- 
lows, Cottonwood  and  Russian  olive  trees  have  been  planted  near  the 
shores  of  the  small  lakes. 

"Indian  Cove  is  an  agricultural  area  over  the  ridge  immediately 
to  the  east  of  the  sand  dune  area.  This  is  a  larger  basin  than  the 
sand  dune  basin  which  is  sometimes  also  referred  to  as  Eagle  Cove. 

"The  Dietrich  Butte  sandy  area  is  located  as  a  relatively  flat 
blow  area  with  drifting  sand  over  several  hundred  acres  on  the 
northeast  slope  of  the  eastern  butte.  The  areas  surrounding  the  sand 
formerly  were  in  sagebrush  but  have  been  badly  burned  over  many 
times  for  many  years.  Consequently,  the  vegetation  around  the  sand 
is  annual  and  consists  predominantly  of  cheat  grass  and  mustards." 

Orthopteran  Associates:  According  to  a  note  from  Mr.  George 
B.  Hewitt,  these  are:  Trimerot/opis  arenacea,  T.  bilobata,  T.  gracilis, 
T.  pallidipennis,  Conozoa  wallula  and  others. 

Bibliography 
Tinkham,  Ernest  R. 

1960.  Studies  in  Neararctic  Desert  Sand  Dune  Orthoptera. 
Part  II.  Two  new  grasshoppers  of  the  genus  Trimerotropis  from 
the  Utah  Deserts.  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  20(3&4):  49-58. 
6  text  figs. 


Great  Basin 

AUb  I  8  1966 

Vol.  XXIV  June  11,  1964  No.  2      '-->//nau 

UNIVERSITY 

TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

A  Brief  Historical  Resume  of  Herpetological  Studies  in  the 
Great  Basin  of  the  Western  United  States.  Part  I.  The 
Reptiles.  By  Benjamin  H.  Banta  and  Wilmer  W.  Tanner    37 

New  Species  of  North  American  Pityophthorus  Eichoff  (Cole- 

optera:  Scolytidae),  By  Stephen  L.  Wood  59 

Mites  from  Mammals  at  the  Nevada  Test  Site.  By  Dorald  M. 

Allred  and  Morris  A.  Goates  71 

Ectoparasites  of  Mammals  from  Oregon.  By  Charles  G. 
Hansen   75 


Published  by 
Brigham  Young  University 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


A  journal  published  from  one  to  four  times  a  year  by  Brig- 
ham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts:  Only  original  unpublished  manuscripts,  pertain- 
ing to  the  Great  Basin  and  the  Western  United  States  in  the  main, 
will  be  accepted.  Manuscripts  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
editor. 

Illustrations:  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  then  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  ill- 
ustrations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the 
manuscript.  All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  jour- 
nal are  to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost 
of  the  cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints:  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscriptions:  The  annual  subscription  is  $2.50,  (outside  the 
United  States  $3.25).   Single  number,  80  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions, 
reprints  and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Vasco  M,  Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturahst,  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity, Provo,  Utah. 

Reprints  Schedule  of  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Each 
Additional 

8  pp.    10  pp.  12  pp.      2  pp. 

$9.00  $10.00  $11.00     $2.00 

10.00     11.00  12.00 

11.00     12.00  13.00 

12.00     13.00  14.00 

Covers:  $10.00  for  first  100  copies,  $4.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

50  copies 

$6.00 

$7.00 

$8.00 

100  copies 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

200  copies 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

300  copies 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

o  -    V3       '  0  to  1  a 

AUG  1  8  1966 


UNIVERSITY 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Published  at  Provo,  Utah  by 
Brigham  Young  University 

Volume  XXIV  June  11,  1964  No.  2 


A  BRIEF   HISTORICAL  RESUME  OF  HERPETOLOGICAL 

STUDIES  IN  THE  GREAT  BASIN  OF  THE 

WESTERN   UNITED   STAIES 

PART   I.    THE   REPTILES^ 

Benjamin  H.   Banta  and  Wilmer  W.  Tanner 

INTRODUCTION 

Among  the  numerous  accounts  of  the  early  travelers  into  the 
western  United  States  are  those  reports  which  introduce  to  us  the 
Great  Basin  and  its  natural  history.  In  this  presentation  we  will 
only  briefly  review  the  faunistic  and  systematic  studies  which  are 
of  historical  importance  to  the  herpetology  of  the  Great  Basin. 
Although  many  workers  have  referred  in  one  way  or  another  to  this 
vast  inland  basin  region,  we  will  include  only  those  accounts  which 
have,  in  our  opinion,  made  a  contribution  to  a  better  understanding 
of  our  knowledge  of  the  biology  of  its  herpetofauna.  We  have,  there- 
fore, been  arbitrary  in  selecting  only  those  studies  which  have  dealt 
with  Great  Basin  material.  This  has  eliminated  many  excellent 
studies  dealing  with  areas  adjoining  the  basin  itself. 

ITie  Great  Basin,  consisting  of  a  number  of  distinct  and  disjunct 
inland  basins  with  its  lakes  and  desert  basins  surrounded  by  usually 
north-south  oriented  mountains,  is  a  most  remarkable  geographical 
region.  Most  Americans  have  heard  of,  and  perhaps  remember,  some 
of  the  tales  of  pioneers  who  traversed  the  area  a  hundred  years  ago. 
However,  few  are  aware  of  the  contributions  made  by  those  natural- 
ists who  for  over  a  hundred  years  have  been  slowly  extracting  bit 
by  bit  a  more  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  natural  history  from 
this  still  relatively  inhospitable  region. 

Both  authors  have  not  only  lived  for  many  years  in  the  Great 
Basin,  but  have  also  done  considerable  herpetological  field  work  in 
various  portions  of  it.  The  senior  author  has  lived  a  number  of  years 
in  the  western  part  (Lahontan  Basin)  and  is  familiar  with  the  east- 

1.  Part  of  this  report  was  supported  by  a  grant-in-aid  from  the  Johnson  Fund  of  the  .\nierican 
Philosophical  Society  awarded  to  the  senior  author  (.Colorado  College.  Colorado  Springs),  other 
parts  by  the  Brigham  Young  University  sabbatical  research  program  (Department  of  Zoology, 
B.Y.U.,  Provo,  Utah;,  and  publication  was  supported  by  a  grant-in-aid  from  the  Society  of  the 
Sigma  Xi  and  the  Research  Society  of  .\nierica.  For  aid  and  courtesies  shown,  we  wish  to  especially 
thank  Vasco  M.  Tanner  and  D  Elden  Beck. 

37 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
38  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

ern  California  and  western  Nevada  basins,  whereas  the  junior 
author  is  acquainted  with  the  eastern  part  (Bonneville  Basin)  and  is 
familiar  with  the  eastern  Nevada  and  the  western  Utah  basins. 
One  or  both  of  us  have  extended  our  field  work  into  other  basins, 
among  which  are  Truckee  Meadows,  Lake  Tahoe.  Amargosa  Desert, 
Sarcobatus  Flat,  Charleston  Mountains,  Inyo  Mountains,  Saline 
Valley,  Railroad  Valley,  Death  Valley  and  the  valleys  of  the  Nevada 
Test  Site.  Thus  we  are  familiar  with  many  of  the  valleys  and  moun- 
tains and  particularly  with  the  major  ones  included  in  figure  1 . 

The  Great  Basin  is  not  only  a  fascinating  area  geographically, 
but  is  comparably  challenging  from  the  standpoint  of  its  fauna. 
Although  much  of  the  region  is  desert  or  semi-desert,  it  contains 
many  herpetological  species,  most  of  which  are  to  this  day  poorly 
known.  Although  most  of  the  segments  of  the  herpetofauna  inhabit 
the  desert  valleys  and  the  low,  usually  barren  mountain  ranges,  a 
few  species  have  survived  in  the  more  mesic  situations  of  the  moun- 
tains on  the  east  and  west  perimeters  and  the  forested  mountains  of 
the  interior.  These  montane  forms  probably  enjoyed  a  much  wider 
distribution  during  the  moist  pluvial  periods  of  the  Pleistocene. 

The  physical  delimitation  of  the  Great  Basin  in  this  account  is 
based  on  the  1953  edition  of  the  map  "Water  Resources  Develop- 
ment of  the  United  States"  by  the  United  States  Geological  Survey. 
The  Great  Basin  thus  comprises  all  the  land  area  not  presently 
being  drained  into  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  which  occurs  between  the 
crest  of  the  Wasatch  uplift  in  central  Utah  and  southwestern  Wy- 
oming and  the  summits  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  in  eastern  California 
(see  figure  1 ). 

HISTORICAL 

The  observation,  collection,  and  the  first  organized  study  of  the 
reptiles  inhabiting  the  Great  Basin  began  during  the  westward  ex- 
pansion and  settlement  over  a  century  ago.  Some  of  the  historical 
aspects  of  zoological  reconnaissance  in  the  Great  Basin  are  discussed 
in  the  works  of  Cope  (1893),  Merriam  (1895).  Van  Denburgh  and 
Slevin  (1915),  V.  M.  Tanner  (1929  and  1940),  Linsdale  (1936, 
1938,  and  1940).  Hall  (1946),  Durrant  (1952)  and  Tanner  and 
Jorgensen  (1963). 

The  region  was  visited  by  white  men  as  early  as  1776  when 
Escalante  and  his  party  of  Franciscan  missionaries  from  New  Mexi- 
co crossed  the  southern  and  eastern  portions  en  route  to  California 
(Tanner.  1929.  1940;  Woodbury,  1931).  The  northern  and  central 
portions  of  the  territory  were  crossed  by  Jedediah  Smith  in  1826  and 
by  Bonneville  and  Walker  in  1833-1834.  Captain  John  Charles  Fre- 
mont was  the  first  to  apply  the  name  "Great  Basin"  to  this  vast 
interior  drainage  region  of  Western  North  America.  Although  some 
of  these  earlier  exploratory  expeditions  did  record  observations  of 
reptiles  in  their  journals,  and  published  reports,  few  specimens,  if 
any,  were  collected  and  adequately  preserved  prior  to  1850,  or  at 
least  such  specimens  are  to  our  knowledge  not  currently  available 
for  examination. 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin 


39 


Many  of  the  members  of  the  early  surveys  were  too  busy  map- 
ping new  routes,  sketching  and  drawing  new  topographic  features 
for  the  first  time,  and  struggling  with  means  of  transportation  to  be 
vitally  concerned  with  faunistic  samples.  Combine  these  factors 
with  their  fear  for  hostile  Indians  and  renegades,  and  the  accom- 
plishments of  these  early  surveyors  were  indeed  impressive. 

Following  the  conquest  of  the  large  western  area  of  the  North 
American  continent  from  Mexico  in  1848,  which  made  the  area 
including  most  of  the  Great  Basin  an  integral  part  of  the  United 
States  of  America,  there  were,  according  to  Nolan  (1943)  "numer- 
ous explorations  by  United  States  Army  Engineers  to  determine 
the  available  railroad  routes  to  the  Pacific  Coast.  The  most  thorough 


Fig.  1.     Great  Basin. 


I'iie  Great  BaMu  Naturalist 
40  BANTA  AND   TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

of  the  explorations  were  made  across  the  north  part  of  the  Basin  by 
Stansbury  (1849).  Beckwith  (1854),  Steptoe  (1855).  and  Simpson 
(1858-9),  and  made  across  the  southern  portion  by  Whipple  (1853) 
and  Williamson  (1854)/"  These  surveys,  known  collectively  as  the 
Pacific  Railroad  Surveys,  were  sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Explora- 
tions and  Surveys,  United  States  War  Department,  and  most  of  the 
various  tasks  were  performed  by  military  personnel. 

Spencer  FuUerton  Baird,  at  that  time  Assistant  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  of  Washington.  D.  C,  was  responsible  for 
the  preparation  of  a  series  of  preliminary  and  more  detailed  illus- 
trated accounts  of  the  reptiles  collected  on  these  surveys.  Baird  and 
Charles  Girard  (1852)  published  several  accounts,  with  original 
descriptions  of  new  species  collected  in  the  Cireat  Basin,  which  were 
deposited  in  the  National  Museum. 

James  Graham  Cooper  (1870)  reviewed  for  the  first  time  some 
of  the  aspects  of  the  geographical  distribution  of  the  fauna  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  although  he  dealt  mainly  with  the  mammals  and  birds, 
reptiles  were  occasionally  mentioned.  Cooper  noted,  perhaps  for  the 
first  time,  the  distinct  character  of  the  desert  fauna  of  the  Western 
Great  Basin. 

After  the  Civil  War  the  United  States  government  continued  to 
sponsor  expeditions  to  western  North  America  to  obtain  more  defini- 
tive information  on  the  region.  Surveys  of  the  geology  of  the  United 
States  along  the  40th  parallel  were  organized  under  the  leadership 
of  Clarence  King.  Actual  field  operations  were  begun  in  1867.  and 
continued  to  1873.  Although  primarily  concerned  with  geological 
reconnaissance,  a  young  zoologist,  Robert  Ridgway.  was  assigned  to 
the  expedition  to  collect  mammals,  birds  and  reptiles  in  the  western 
Great  Basin  from  July  4,  1867,  until  late  September  1868.  Ridg- 
way's  route  of  travel,  according  to  a  report  by  IJarry  Harris  (1928), 
extended  from  California  across  Nevada  to  Utah  and  included  among 
others  such  well  known  collecting  sights  as  Truckee  Meadows.  Reno, 
Pyramid  Lake,  Ruby  Mountains.  Parle^^'s  Park  (Wasatch  Mts.)  and 
Pack's  Canyon  (Uintah  Mts.).  In  May,  1869.  he  returned  to  the  Wa- 
satch and  Uintah  Mountains  to  complete  the  survey  in  these  areas. 
Specimens  collected  by  Ridgway  w'ere  deposited  in  the  United  States 
National  Museum  and  are  included  in  the  report  by  Yarrow  (1882). 

In  the  tradition  of  the  War  Department,  who  sponsored  the  Rail- 
road Surveys  prior  to  the  Civil  War.  the  geographical  surveys  west 
of  the  100th  Meridian  were  organized  by  the  War  Department  un- 
der the  command  of  Lieutenant  George  ^lontague  Wheeler  in  1869. 
Teams  of  this  survey  (commonly  referred  to  as  the  "Wheeler  Sur- 
vey") were  active  in  part  of  the  Great  Basin  from  1869  to  1878. 
Henry  W>therbee  Ilenshaw  worked  as  a  zoologist  on  the  Wheeler 
survey  beginning  in  July.  1872,  at  Salt  Lake  City  where  he  met  Lt. 
Wheeler  and  became  associated  with  the  survey  for  the  next  eight 
years.  On  July  22.  Henshaw  and  H.  C.  Yarrow  left  for  Provo  and  the 
environs  of  Utah  Lake.  Thus  was  launched  one  of  the  more  success- 
ful natural  history  surveys  of  the  west.  1  he  western  (ireat  Basin  was 
not  visited  for  several  years;  however,  their  itinerary  brought  the 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  41 

survey  in  the  area  of  Carson  City,  Nevada,  from  August  until  Sep- 
tember 15.  1876.  From  September  15  until  November  7,  Henshaw 
collected  in  the  vicinity  of  Lake  Tahoe  (California-Nevada).  Lins- 
dale  (1936:9)  asserted  that  "In  1877  his  field  work  began  at  Carson 
City,  Nevada,  where  he  worked  from  May  12  to  June  6,  and  then 
started  northward  to  end  the  season  on  October  1,  in  southern  Ore- 
gon." During  July  1878,  Henshaw^  again  started  from  Carson  City 
and  worked  northward,  collecting  specimens  of  birds,  reptiles,  and 
amphibians,  which  were  deposited  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum.  Dr.  Harry  Crecy  Yarrow  accompanied  Henshaw  during 
one  field  season  in  eastern  Nevada.  The  herpetological  results  of  all 
their  field  work  were  published  by  Yarrow  and  Henshaw  (1878). 
According  to  Henry  Fairfield  Osborn  (1931),  Edward  Drinker 
Cope  traversed  the  Great  Basin,  traveling  from  Salt  Lake  City. 
Utah,  to  Reno,  Nevada,  during  1879.  In  1882  Cope  returned  to  the 
Great  Basin,  traveling  to  Reno,  then  to  Silver  Lake.  Oregon,  back 
again  to  Reno,  then  to  southern  Idaho,  and  back  again  to  Salt  Lake 
City.  Various  aspects  of  the  zoogeographic  data  obtained  were  sub- 
quently  published  by  Cope  (1883a,  b,  c;  1889,  1896a,  b;  1900). 
Before  actually  visiting  the  Great  Basin  Cope  published  (1875) 
in  the  first  Bulletin  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  his 
Checklist  of  North  American  Batrachia  and  Reptilia  including  a  list- 
ing of  the  higher  groups  and  an  essay  on  geographical  distribution. 
Yarrow  (1883)  published  a  check  list  of  North  American  reptiles 
and  amphibians  deposited  in  the  United  States  National  Museum, 
providing  a  list  and  a  classification  of  all  specimens  of  amphibians 
and  reptiles  collected  by  military  and  government  personnel  during 
the  various  surveys  before  1882.  I'his  report  included  not  only 
Great  Basin  records  but  records  from  other  portions  of  the  United 
States  as  well. 

Little  was  added  to  the  zoological  literature  from  the  western 
United  States  until  the  appearance  of  Clinton  Hart  Merriam's 
treatise  on  the  biota  of  the  San  Francisco  Mountains  of  Arizona 
(1890).  Shortly  after  this,  the  Death  Valley  Expedition  was  organ- 
ized under  the  direction  of  Merriam.  This  was  the  last  of  the  major 
fovernment-sponsored  exploratory  expeditions  in  the  western  United 
tates  in  the  19th  century.  Informative  accounts  of  this  survey, 
which  entered  many  parts  of  the  southwestern  Great  Basin,  are 
furnished  by  Cope  (1893),  Merriam  (1895),  and  by  Stejneger 
(1893). 

Since  the  Death  Valley  Expedition,  the  United  States  National 
Museum  has  received  specimens  of  reptiles  collected  in  various  parts 
of  the  Great  Basin  from  several  field  representatives  of  government 
agencies,  such  as  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey,  and  its  successor, 
the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  Agencies  created  during  the  years  of 
the  depression  (e.g..  the  Civilian  Conservation  Corps  and  Works 
Progress  Administration),  were  responsible  for  the  addition  of  speci- 
mens to  the  National  Museum  as  well  as  to  other  institutions  main- 
taining scientific  collections.  Several  interested  persons  have  sporad- 
ically contributed  small  samplings  of  the  Great  Basin  herpetofauna  to 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
42  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

the  National  Museum  collections  (e.g.,  Charles  E.  Burt,  Paul  Bartsch, 
Julius  Hurter,  J.  O.  Snyder  and  Adrian  Vanderhorst) . 

John  Van  Denburgh  (1897)  presented  the  first  account  of  the 
reptiles  of  the  Pacific  Coast  and  Great  Basin,  as  his  doctoral  disser- 
tation at  Stanford  University.  Robert  Baird  McLain  (1899),  in  a 
privately  published  pamphlet,  was  sharply  critical  of  Van  Den- 
burgh's  work.  Several  groups  were  critically  reviewed  (e.g.,  Scelopo- 
rus  occidentalis),  but  generally  speaking,  McLain  merely  proviaed 
specimen  documentation  for  the  information  included  by  Van  Den- 
burgh. Both  Van  Denburgh's  and  McLain's  papers  were  based  upon 
preserved  specimens  in  the  collection  at  Stanford  University. 

From  May  23  to  July  17,  1911,  Professor  John  Otterbein  Snyder, 
Stanford  University,  and  Charles  Howard  Richardson,  Jr.,  who  in 
1909  had  assisted  Walter  Penn  Taylor  in  Humbodlt  County,  Nevada, 
collected  a  large  sample  of  reptiles  in  the  Lahontan  Basin  of  west 
central  Nevada  and  east  central  California.  This  work  was  done  in 
conjunction  with  the  ichthyological  investigations  of  Snyder  (1917) 
partly  under  the  auspices  of  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Fisheries. 
The  nerpetological  results  of  this  work  were  published  by  Richard- 
son (1915).  In  this  study,  it  was  first  pointed  out  that  certain 
meristic  and  morphometric  variations  existed  between  the  lizard 
populations  of  the  Lahontan  Basin  and  those  of  the  more  extensive 
and  warmer  deserts  to  the  south.  Richardson  was  also  the  first  au- 
thor to  discern  the  difference  between  the  sagebrush  steppe  and  the 
cold  desert  areas.  He  noted  that,  "The  flora  of  the  desert  imme- 
diately south  of  Pyramid  and  Walker  Lakes  is  of  a  different  char- 
acter [than  the  sagebrush,  Artemisia  tridentata,  predominating  over 
the  greater  part  of  Nevada]  Sarcobatus  and  other  shrubs  replacing, 
'sagebrush.'  This  difference  in  the  flora  is  correlated  with  a  greater 
diversity  in  the  reptilian  fauna,  and  we  find  such  southern  forms 
as  Callisaurus  and  Sceloporus  magister."  Most  of  the  specimens  ob- 
tained by  Richardson  and  Snyder  are  now  deposited  in  the  Division 
of  Systematic  Biology  (formerly  the  Natural  History  Museum), 
Stanford  University,  and  in  the  United  States  National  Museum. 
Around  the  area  of  Currant,  in  northeastern  Nye  County,  Nevada, 
Georgia  M.  Bentley  collected  reptiles  for  the  Natural  History  Mu- 
seum, Stanford  University,  during  the  spring  of  1916.  Some  of 
Bentley's  observations  were  published  (1918,  1919).  The  growth  of 
the  herpetological  collection  at  Stanford  University  has  continued, 
owing  largely  to  the  encouragement  of  field  activities  by  Professor 
George  Sprague  Myers  and  the  late  Margaret  Hamilton  Storey.  A 
brief  historical  review  of  the  Stanford  collections  has  been  published 
by  Leviton  (1953).  Banta  (1957)  has  reported  on  some  aspects  of 
material  obtained  by  him  in  the  Great  Basin  and  deposited  in  the 
Stanford  collections. 

Witmer  Stone  (1911)  published  a  list  of  the  amphibians  and 
reptiles  collected  in  the  western  Great  Basin,  and  portions  of  several 
western  states  as  well,  which  were  deposited  in  the  collections  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  This  study  was  based 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  43 

on  material  obtained  by  Mr.  Morgan  llebard  and  Mr.  James  A.  G. 
Rehn  during  the  summers  of  1909  and  1910. 

During  the  summer  of  1912.  the  University  of  Michigan  Mu- 
seum of  Zoology  sponsored  a  zoological  expedition  composed  of 
Frederic  M.  Gaige,  Helen  Thompson  and  Alexander  Grant  Ruthven. 
to  northeastern  Nevada.  In  addition  to  the  herpetofauna,  samples  of 
molluscs,  crustaceans  and  ants  were  obtained  and  studied.  The  exact 
area  sampled  was  near  the  environs  of  the  railroad  town  of  Carlin 
in  the  western  part  of  Elko  County,  and  the  northern  part  of  Eu- 
reka County.  Most  of  the  specimens  collected  by  the  Michigan  ex- 
pedition were  deposited  in  the  Museum  of  Zoology  at  the  University 
of  Michigan.  Ruthven  and  Helen  Thompson  Gaige  (1915)  published 
the  herpetological  results  of  these  field  studies.  This  expedition,  and 
the  numerous  published  results  which  were  to  follow,  inaugurated 
several  studies  on  the  herpetofauna  of  the  Great  Basin  by  mem- 
bers of  the  University  of  Michigan  group.  Ruthven  (1926,  1932) 
and  Lawrence  Cooper  Stuart  (1932)  continued  to  work  in  the 
eastern  Great  Basin  for  the  Museum  of  Zoology.  In  1936,  Frank  N. 
Blanchard  visited  the  collections  at  Brigham  Young  University, 
University  of  Utah,  California  Academy  of  Sciences  and  other  west- 
ern collections.  He  completed  the  data  needed  for  the  study  of  the 
genus  Tantilla  (1939: post  humously)  which  included  several  new 
descriptions. 

During  the  1930's  Carl  Leavitt  Hubbs  and  his  family  obtained  a 
large  series  of  amphibians  (mostly)  and  reptiles  from  widely  scat- 
tered localities  in  the  Great  Basin.  In  the  early  forties  Hubbs  was 
assisted  by  Robert  Rush  Miller,  and  together  they  gathered  exten- 
sive samples  of  zoological  material  from  the  Great  Basin.  Most  of 
the  material  obtained  during  their  field  trips  was  found  near  streams 
and  springs  and  was  obtained  in  conjunction  with  their  intensive 
ichthyological  sampling,  and  was  deposited  in  the  collections  of  the 
Museum  of  Zoology  at  Michigan  University.  Out  of  these  activities 
Hubbs  and  Miller  (1948)  were  to  develop  the  first  comprehensive 
synthesis  of  zoological  and  geological  knowledge  to  solve  some  of 
the  zoogeographic  problems  of  the  Great  Basin.  However,  the  very 
nature  of  this  historic  work  was  restricted  because  these  authors 
dealt  exclusively  with  the  fresh  water  fishes,  a  very  specialized  and 
geographically  restricted  faunal  group.  Banta  (1963a,  b,  c)  has 
made  a  preliminary  attempt  to  synthesize  geological  and  zoological 
knowledge  pertaining  to  the  zoogeography  of  a  terrestrial  group,  the 
lizards. 

Joseph  Grinnell  and  Hilda  Wood  Grinnell  (1907)  made  a  study 
of  reptiles  of  Los  Angeles  County,  California,  which  was  the  first 
study  of  the  herpetofauna  of  a  given  political  subdivision,  part  of 
which  was  within  the  confines  of  the  (jreat  Basin.  They  recognized 
the  distinctions  between  faunas  of  the  north  and  south  slopes  of  the 
San  Gabriel  Mountains  (i.e.,  the  Great  Basin  and  Pacific  drainage 
faunas). 

Walter  Penn  Taylor  (1912)  presented  the  first  faunistic  survey 
of  a  section  of  Nevada  (northern  Humbodlt  County,  vicinity  of  the 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
44  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Pine  Forest  Mountains)  which  included  a  study  of  reptiles  and 
amphibians,  as  well  as  the  avifauna,  inhabiting  the  area  at  that 
time.  This  treatise  was  done  during  the  summer  of  1909,  under  the 
direction  of  Joseph  Grinnell.  Taylor  was  assisted  in  the  field  by  Mr. 
C.  H.  Richardson,  Jr.  This  was  the  first  of  the  prolonged  and  exten- 
sive zoological  collecting  and  studies  in  the  western  Great  Basin  by 
students  and  staff  of  the  University  of  California  Museum  of  Verte- 
brate Zoology  at  Berkeley. 

Charles  Lewis  Camp  (1916)  critically  commented  on  the  status 
of  several  western  North  American  lizards,  including  species  in- 
habiting the  Great  Basin,  based  upon  samples  in  the  herpetological 
collections  of  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  at  Berkeley,  and 
was  the  first  to  suggest  the  extent  of  variation  of  several  species.  A 
more  complete  systematic  and  geographic  account  of  California  rep- 
tile samples  at  Berkeley  was  authored  by  Grinnell  and  Camp 
(1917),  in  which  trinomiaL  names  were  assigned  to  most  of  the 
species  considered  in  conformity  to  the  growing  nominal  recognition 
of  geographic  variation. 

The  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  sponsored  numerous  exten- 
sive collecting  expeditions  to  Nevada  during  the  thirties  and  early 
forties  under  the  financial  assistance  of  Miss  Annie  Montague 
Alexander.  An  early  result  of  these  efforts  was  compiled  by  Jean 
Myron  Linsdale  (1938)  which  included  all  terrestrial  vertebrates 
of  Big  Smoky  Valley  region,  in  northwestern  Nye  County,  with  em- 
phasis on  birds  and  mammals.  Linsdale  later  (1940)  provided  the 
most  inclusive  account  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  in  the  state  of 
Nevada,  based  primarily  upon  material  obtained  by  the  extensive 
activities  of  staff  and  graduate  students  of  the  Museum  of  Verte- 
brate Zoology.  Since  Linsdale's  paper  was  completed  (early  1938) 
collectors  for  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  have  added  several 
thousand  more  specimens  of  reptiles  from  the  Great  Basin  to  their 
collections,  and  much  of  this  newer  material  has  not  yet  been  re- 

Eorted.  Regarding  the  Museum  of  Vertebrate  Zoology  field  activities, 
insdale  (1940:197)  stated,  "On  each  expedition  the  collectors  have 
been  on  the  lookout  for  specimens  of  amphibians  and  reptiles  in 
addition  to  their  main  objectives  which  usually  were  concerned  with 
mammals  or  birds.'"  (our  italics).  Robert  C.  Stebbins'  studies  (1954, 
1958)  on  western  North  American  herpetology  has  included  much 
information  of  import  to  the  Great  Basin.  Ira  John  La  Rivers  (1942) 
made  some  additions  to  Linsdale's  work  on  Nevada,  based  upon 
material  which  was  to  form  the  nucleus  for  the  herpetological  col- 
lection of  the  Museum  of  Biology  at  the  University  of  Nevada, 
established  largely  through  the  interest  of  La  Rivers.  Banta  (1950, 
1953)  has  reported  on  some  aspects  of  the  growing  University  of 
Nevada  collections. 

In  1922  there  appeared  the  two  volume  study  of  The  Reptiles  of 
Western  North  America  by  Dr.  John  Van  Denburgh  of  the  Cali- 
fornia Academy  of  Sciences.  Considerable  efforts  had  been  expended 
in  the  compilation  of  this  major  report.  During  its  many  years  of 
preparation.   Van   Denburgh   dispatched   Joseph   Richard   Slevin  at 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  45 

various  times  to  many  areas  of  the  western  United  States,  including 
some  Great  Basin  localities,  to  obtain  specimen  material.  The  various 
lists  published  by  Van  Denburgh  and  Slevin  prior  to  1922  (1912a, 
b,  1915,  1921a,  1921b)  were  simply  progress  reports  of  this  major 
effort.  Van  Denburgh  included  material  on  the  habits  and  life  his- 
tories as  well  as  systematic  notes  and  distribution  records,  the  latter 
based  chiefly  on  material  in  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences 
and  Stanford  University  collections.  The  black  and  white  photo- 
graphs illustrating  many  of  the  species  treated  in  this  work  remain 
some  of  the  best  yet  available.  An  account  reviewing  the  herpeto- 
logical  activities  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences  is  provided 
by  Slevin  and  Leviton  (1956).  Material  obtained  in  the  Saline  Val- 
ley hydrographic  basin  by  Banta  (1963b)  is  deposited  in  the  collec- 
tions of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

During  the  summer  of  1928  Charles  Earle  Burt  and  May  Dan- 
heim  Burt  collected  herpetological  specimens  in  the  Great  Basin  in- 
cidental to  traveling  through  the  region  en  route  to  the  Pacific 
Coast.  The  material  collected  was  deposited  in  the  Museum  of  Zo- 
ology, University  of  Michigan  and  the  United  States  National  Mu- 
seum (Burt  and  Burt,  1929).  The  Burts  repeated  their  journey 
across  the  Great  Basin  during  August  of  1932  and  further  elaborat- 
ed on  their  experiences  similar  to  those  of  1928  (Burt,  1933).  Most 
of  the  specimens  obtained  in  1932  were  deposited  in  the  United 
States  National  Museum. 

As  noted  above  most  of  the  references  have  referred  to  the  west- 
em  Great  Basin  in  Nevada  and  California.  However,  the  eastern 
part  in  Utah  and  eastern  Nevada  was  being  worked  by  various 
herpetologists,  particularly  since  1918. 

An  active  period  of  herpetological  research  began  in  1922 
and  1925  when  Herbert  J.  Pack  at  Utah  State  College  and  Vasco 
M.  Tanner  at  Brigham  Young  University  initiated  their  studies 
at  Logan  and  Provo,  Utah.  V.  M.  Tanner  was  one  of  the  more 
active  of  the  recent  workers  to  carry  out  extensive  studies  on  the 
fishes,  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  the  Great  Basin. 

The  first  important  collections  from  this  area  (Bonneville  Basin) 
were  made  by  the  Stansbury  Expedition  in  1849-50  and  reported 
by  Baird  and  Girard  in  1852a  and  1852b  and  by  Girard  in  1858. 
In  these  early  reports  are  the  original  descriptions  of  eight  Great 
Basin  reptiles.  Some  have  been  reduced  to  subspecific  status,  but  all 
still  appear  in  the  current  check  lists  (Schmidt,  1953). 

After  these  early  reports  few  collections  were  made  and  reported 
until  Herbert  J.  Pack  began  his  herpetological  activities  at  Utah 
State  Agricultural  College  at  Logan,  Utah.  His  first  reports  ap- 
peared in  1918  and  extended  to  1930.  Although  Pack  was  interested 
in  systematics,  most  of  his  reports  were  studies  of  food  habits.  His 
major  systematic  report  was  the  "Snakes  of  Utah,"  published  post- 
humously and  edited  by  George  Franklin  Knowlton  in  1930.  Knowl- 
ton  and  his  co-workers  continued  the  studies  of  Pack  (1935-1950), 
publishing  a  long  series  of  papers  mostly  on  lizard  food  habits. 
Some  of  the  animals  collected  by  Pack  and  Knowlton  are  deposited 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
46  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

in  the  collections  at  Brigham  Young  University  and  the  Caifornia 
Academy  of  Sciences. 

Members  of  the  staff  and  various  graduate  students  of  Brigham 
Young  University  since  1925  have  amassed  a  large  collection  of 
herpetological  specimens  from  the  eastern  Great  Basin.  Vasco  Myron 
Tanner  initiated  the  assemblage  of  the  collections  and  published  a 
series  of  accounts  dealing  with  the  herpetofauna  of  the  eastern  Great 
Basin  and  the  rest  of  the  state  of  Utah  (1927a,  1927b,  1928,  1929, 
1930,  1933).  Field  groups  under  his  direction  were  so  organized  as 
to  provide  for  sampling  of  all  of  the  vertebrate  and  arthropod  ani- 
mal groups.  Through  the  combined  efforts  of  both  staff  and  students 
the  herpetological  collection  at  Brigham  Young  University  has  be- 
come one  of  the  larger  assemblages  of  Great  Basin  reptiles.  After 
1940  this  collection  began  to  receive  exotic  materials  and  has  since 
become  much  more  than  an  assemblage  of  local  specimens.  The  in- 
fluence of  V.  M.  Tanner  in  the  eastern  Great  Basin  has  been  com- 
parable to  that  of  Van  Denburgh,  Grinnell  and  Klauber  in  the  west- 
ern and  southern  sections  of  the  region.  It  has  been  these  men,  their 
students  and  co-workers,  who  have  during  this  century  extended 
the  knowledge  of  Great  Basin  herpetology.  Since  1950  Wilmer  W. 
Tanner  has  assumed  the  general  supervision  of  and  has  conducted 
research  on  the  North  American  segments  of  the  herpetological  col- 
lections at  Brigham  Young  University.  His  first  paper  appeared  in 
1939  followed  by  numerous  other  studies  concerned  with  aspects  of 
the  Great  Basin  herpetofauna.  The  large  series  of  herpetological 
samples  obtained  at  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission  Nuclear  Test- 
ing Site  in  southern  Nye  County,  Nevada,  was  published  by  Tanner 
and  Jorgensen  (1963). 

The  first  and,  to  date,  only  account  dealing  with  the  reptiles  of 
Utah  and  the  eastern  Great  Basin  was  compiled  by  Angus  Munn 
Woodbury  (1931).  This  account  was  based  primarily  on  material 
at  Brigham  Young  University  and  collections  at  the  University  of 
Utah,  acquired  primarily  by  various  faculty  members  and  to  a 
limited  extent  from  high  school  teachers  in  central  Utah.  Woodbury 
and  a  number  of  his  students  have  continued  studies  on  the  herpe- 
tology of  the  eastern  Great  Basin,  most  notable  being  the  studies  on 
snake  dens  (1940-1951).  The  final  reporting  of  the  den  studies  was 
done  at  a  symposium  in  June,  1950.  The  published  reports  appeared 
in  1951  and  were  authored  by  Woodbury.  Vetas,  Julian,  Glissmeyer, 
Heyrend  and  Call,  Smart  and  Sanders.  John  M.  Legler  is  continu- 
ing herpetological  studies  at  the  University  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City. 

Richard  Patton  Erwin,  a  professional  musician  with  an  intense 
avocational  interest  in  herpetology,  provided  some  worthy  collections 
and  reports  (1925-  1928)  from  Great  Basin  portions  of  Idaho.  Much 
of  Erwin's  material  is  deposited  at  Brigham  Young  University  and 
the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  His  field  notes  and  journals 
are  also  at  Brigham  Young  University. 

The  herpetofauna  of  the  Great  Basin  portion  of  the  state  of 
Oregon  requires  much  more  study.  Kenneth  Gordon  (1939),  Robert 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  47 

Macleod  Storm  and  Richard  A.  Pimental  (1949)  provided  the  most 
recent  information  on  this  area. 

In  the  spring  of  1931  and  1932,  the  southern  portions  of  the 
Great  Basin  were  visited  and  collected  by  Laurence  Monroe  Klauber. 
These  activities  were  made  in  his  spare  time  in  association  with 
business  activities  for  hydroelectric  power  from  Hoover  Dam 
for  use  in  San  Diego,  California.  Klauber  was  one  of  the  first  dis- 
coverers and  advocates  of  collecting  reptiles  on  paved  highways, 
traveling  by  automobile  at  slow  speeds.  This  method  has  yielded 
specimens  of  reptiles  once  thought  to  be  rare,  now  known  to  be 
quite  common,  especially  nocturnal  snakes.  Klauber's  comprehensive 
investigations  of  reptiles,  especially  rattlesnakes,  since  the  late  twen- 
ties (1929-1956)  have  usually  included  species  inhabiting  the  Great 
Basin.  His  numerous  studies  on  reptile  systematics  has  been  en- 
hanced by  the  introduction  and  use  of  statistics  in  evaluating  data. 

Charles  Mitchill  Bogert  (1930)  compiled  the  second  list  of  the 
Los  Angeles  County  herpetofauna  based  on  his  extensive  field  work 
within  the  county  borders  during  months  of  July  and  August.  In 
1935  he  sampled  amphibians  and  reptiles  in  the  vicinity  of  Hoover 
(Boulder)  Dam  and  the  then  newly-formed  reservoir,  Lake  Mead.  A 
report  on  these  activities  was  coauthored  by  Raymond  Bridgeman 
Cowles  (1936).  The  specimens  obtained  were  deposited  in  the  collec- 
tions of  the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles  to  form  the 
nucleus  for  a  now  quite  extensive  collection.  Although  most  of  Bo- 
gert's  collecting  activities  were  within  the  Colorado  River  Basin,  a 
small  sampling  of  the  isolated  Spring  (Charleston)  Mountains, 
located  on  the  border  of  the  southwestern  Great  Basin  area  and  the 
Colorado  River  Basin,  was  obtained.  Kenneth  Stafford  Norris  (1953, 
1958)  in  his  work  on  the  ecology  of  desert  dwelling  lizards  is  con- 
tinuing studies  in  the  Mojave  Desert  as  well  as  other  areas  at  the 
University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles. 

Recently  a  report  by  Frederick  B.  Turner  and  Roland  H.  Wauer 
(1963)  listed  the  reptiles  occurring  in  Death  Valley  and  provided 
ecological  notes  for  the  species. 

Jay  Mathers  Savage  (1960)  in  a  herpetozoogeographical  review 
of  Baja  California,  Mexico,  extended  portions  of  this  effort  to  in- 
clude all  of  continental  North  America.  Savage  eliminated  the  exis- 
tence of  the  Great  Basin  as  a  faunal  area  and  included  it  with 
adjacent  areas  under  the  ambiguous  term  "Desert  and  Plains." 
Under  this  category  were  also  included  most  of  central  Baja  Cali- 
fornia, Arizona  (exclusive  of  the  central  portion),  and  the  state  of 
Sonora,  Mexico.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  to  construct  his  hy- 
pothesis on  the  origin  of  the  herpetofauna  of  Baja  California,  Sav- 
age relied  on  the  paleobotanical  works  of  Axelrod  (1940-1958)  in 
the  Great  Basin,  studies  which  so  far  have  excluded  Baja  California. 
Yet  Savage  did  not  consider  the  Great  Basin  worthy  of  recognition 
in  his  overall  classification  of  herpetofaunal  areas. 

We  believe  that  the  large  number  of  species  and  subspecies 
largely  restricted  to  the  Great  Basin  justifies  its  recognition  as  a 
faunal  area.  A  careful  examination  of  both  vertebrates  and  arthro- 


The  Great  Basin  Natureilist 
48  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

pods  indicates  that  this  general  area  has  been  isolated  for  a  long 
enough  period  of  time  to  provide  for  the  development  of  a  distinct 
fauna.  In  all  respects  it  is  faunisticly  distinct  as  are  other  adjacent 
areas.  In  the  vertebrate  groups  adequate  evidence  is  seemingly  avail- 
able in  the  many  works  dealing  with  the  vertebrates  of  this  area, 
but  particularly  in  those  of  E.  R.  Hall,  and  S.  D.  Durant  (mam- 
mals), E.  D.  Cope,  L.  M.  Klauber,  R.  C.  Stebbins,  J.  M.  Linsdale,  and 
the  authors  (reptiles)  and  J.  O.  Snyder,  C.  L.  Hubbs,  R.  R.  Miller, 
and  V.  M.  Tanner  (fishes). 

To  us  the  Great  Rasin  represents  not  only  a  distinct  physio- 
graphic region  but  also  an  area  with  many  faunal  segments  re- 
stricted to  it.  The  full  impact  of  its  physiographic  isolation  on  the 
reptile  fauna  is  not  yet  clear.  We  are  well  aware  that  there  is  yet 
much  to  be  learned  about  the  systematics  of  this  fauna  and  antici- 
pate that  considerable  information  will  come  from  the  many  sys- 
tematic and  ecological  studies  now  being  carried  forward  in  the 
Great  Rasin. 

BlBLIOGRAPHY- 

Axelrod,  D.  I.      1940.     Late  Tertiary  floras  of  the  Great  Basin  and  border  areas. 

Bull.,  Torrey  Bot.  Club  67:477-487. 
.     1948.     Climate  and  evolution  in  western  North  America  during  Middle 

Pliocene  time.  Evolution  2:127-144. 

1950.     Evolution  of  desert  vegetation  in  western  North  America.  Carne- 


gie Inst.  Washington  Publ.  590:215-306. 
— .     1956.     Mio-Pliocene  floras  from  west-central  Nevada.  Univ.  California 

Publ.  Geol.  Sci.  33:1-352,  pis.  1-32. 
.      1957.     Late  Tertiary  floras   and   the  Sierra   Nevada  uplift.   Bull.   Geol. 

Soc.  America  68:19-45. 

1958.     Evolution  of  the  Madro-Tertiary  geoflora.  Bot.  Rev.  24:433-509. 


Baird,   S.   F.     1858.     Description  of  new  genera  and  species  of  North  American 

lizards    in    the   museum   of   the    Smithsonian    Institution.    Proc,   Acad.    Nat. 

Sci.  Philadelphia  10:253-256. 

[Original  description  -  Xantusia  vigilis;   California:   Kern  County,  Fort 
,  Tejon] . 
and  Charles  Girard.     1852a.     Characteristics  of  some  new  reptiles  in  the 

museum   of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.   Proc.  Acad.   Nat.   Sci.  Philadelphia 

6:68-70. 

[Original  descriptions  of  1)  Cnemidorphorus  tigris;  Valley  of  the  great 
(sic.)  Salt  Lake,  Utah.  2)  Crotaphytus  wislizenii;  near  Santa  Fe,  New 
Mexico.  3)  Uta  [new  genus]  stansburiana;  Valley  of  Great  Salt  Lake. 
4)  Sceloporus  graciosus;  valley  of  the  great  (sic.)  Salt  Lake.  5)  Plestio- 
don  skiltonianum  [  =  Eumeces  skiltonianus] ;  Oregon.  6)  Coluber 
[constrictor]  mormon;  valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake.  Charles  Girard  is 
solely  credited  with  Phrynosoma  platyrhinos;  great  Salt  Lake.] 
.      1852b.     Reptiles.    Appendix   C.   In:    Stansbury,   Howard,   An  expedition 

to  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  of  L^tah:  including  a  description  of  its 

geography,  natural  history,  and  minerals,  and  an  analysis  of  its  waters;  with 

an   authentic    account   of   the   Mormon   settlement.   Philadelphia:    Lippincott, 

Grambo  &  Co.,  pp.  336-353,  6  pis. 

[More  detailed  descriptions  and  illustrations  for  the  preceding  reptiles]. 
.     1853.     Catalogue   of   North    American    reptiles   in   the   museum   of   the 

Smithsonian    Institution.    Part    I.    Serpents.    Smithsonian   Inst.,    Washington, 

D.C..  xvi  +   172  pp. 

[Original  descriptions  of  1)   Eutainia   [  =  Thamnophis  elegans]   elegans; 


2.    Works    containing    original    descriptions    of    new    ta.vons    from    the    Great    Basin    or    adjacent 
areas  are   annotated;    the  geographic   location   following   the   specific  name  is  the  type  locality. 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  49 

El  Dorado  County,  California.  2)  Eutainia  [  =  Thamnophis  elegans} 
vagrans;  California.  3)  Ophibolus  [  =  Lampropeltis  getulus]  boylii;  El 
Dorado  County,  California.  4)  Diadophis  regalis;  Sonora,  Mexico.  5) 
Sonora  semiannulata;  Sonora,  Mexico.  6)  Rhinocheilus  lecontei;  San 
Diego,  California.  7)  Rena  [=Leptotyphlops]  humilis;  Valliecitas,  Cali- 
fornia]. 
Banta,  B.  H.  1950.  Xantusia  uigilis  in  southern  Nye  County,  Nevada.  Herpe- 
tologica  6(2):  34. 

.     1953.     Southern   Nevada  reptile  notes.   Herpetologica  9  (2):  75-76. 

.     1957.     A     simple    trap    for    collecting    desert    reptiles.    Herpetologica 

13(3):174-176. 
.     1960.     Another   record   of   Tantilla   utahensis  from   Inyo  County,   Cali- 
fornia. Herpetologica  16(1):  11. 

.      1961a.     Variation  and  zoogeography  of  the  lizards  of  the  Great  Basin. 

(abstract).  Dissertation  Abstracts  22(5) :  1361-2. 

.      1961b.     Herbivorous    feeding    of    Phrynosoma   platyrhinos   in    southern 

Nevada.  Herpetologica   17(2) :  136-137. 

.      1962a.     Notes    on    the    distribution    of    the    western    red-tailed    skink, 

Eumeces  gilberti  rubricaudatus  Taylor,   in  southern  Nevada. .  Herpetologica 
18(2):129-130. 

.     1962b.     Beetles    attacking   lizards.   British   Jour.    Herpet.   3  (2):  39. 

.     1963a.     Remarks  upon  the  natural  history  of  Gerrhonotus  panamintinus 

Stebbins.   Occas.   Papers,   California  Acad.   Sci.   36:1-12,   7  figs.,   1   pi. 

.     1963b.     A    preliminary    account    of    the    herpetofauna    of    the    Saline 

Valley   hydrographic  basin,   Inyo   County,   California.   Wasmann   Jour.   Biol. 
20(2):161-251. 

.      1963c.     Preliminary    remarks    upon    the    zoogeography    of    the    lizards 

inhabiting   the   Great   Basin   of   the  western   United   States.   Wasmann   Jour. 
Biol.  20(2): 253-287. 

and    A.    E.    Leviton.     1961.     Mating   behavior   of  the   Panamint   lizard 


Gerrhonotus    panamintinus    Stebbins.    Herpetologica    17(3) :  204-206. 
Bell,  E.  L.     1954.     A  preliminary  report  on  the  subspecies  of  the  western  fence 

lizard,  Sceloporus  occidentalis,  and  its  relationship  to  the  eastern  fence  lizard, 

Sceloporus  undulatus.  Herpetologica  10:31-36. 

[Resurrected  the  name  Sceloporus  occidentalis  longipes  for  Great  Basin 
populations.] 
Bentley,    G.     H.     1918.     Hypsiglena    ochrorhynchus    Cope    in    Nevada.    Copeia 

(61): 83-84. 
.      1919.     Reptiles    collected    in    the    vicinity    of    Currant,    Nye    County, 

Nevada.  Copeia   (75):87-91. 
Blanchard.    F.    N.     1921.     A    revision   of   the   king   snakes:    genus   Lampropeltis. 

United  States  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  114,  260  pp. 
.     1939.     Snakes   of  the  genus   Tantilla  in  the  United  States.  Zool.   Ser., 

Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  20 (28): 369-376. 

1942.     The    ring-necked    snakes,    genus    Diadophis.    Chicago   Acad.    Sci. 


Bull.   7:5-144. 
Bogert,   C.   M.     1930.     An  annotated  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  Los 

Angeles  County,   California.   Bull.   So.  California  Acad.   Sci.  29(1):  1-14. 
.     1939.     A   study   of  the   genus  Salvadora,  the  patch-nosed  snakes.   Publ. 

Univ.  California  atLos  Angeles,  Biol.  Sci.  1  (ll):177-236,  pis.  3-7. 

1945.     Two  additional  races  of  the  patch-nosed  snake,  Salvadora  hexa- 


lepis.  American  Mus.  Novitates  1285,  14  pp. 

[Original    description    of    Salvadora    hexalepis    mojavensis;    California: 

San    Bernardino   County,    south   end   of   Granite  Mountains,    11.5   miles 

southeast  of  Victorville.] 

Bryant,    H.    C.     1911.     The    horned    lizards    of    California    and    Nevada    of    the 

genera    Phrynosoma    and    Anota.    Univ.    California    Publ.    Zool.    9(1):  1-84, 

pis.   1-9. 

Burger,  W.  L.     1950.     New,  revised,  and  reallocated  names  for  North  American 

whip-tailed    lizards,    genus    Cnemidophorus.    Nat.    Hist.    Miscellanea    65:1-9. 

[Ressurrection  of  the  name  Cnemidophorus  tigris  Baird  and  Girard  for 

Great  Basin  populations.] 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
50  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Burt,  C.  E.  1933.  Some  lizards  from  the  Great  Basin  of  the  west  and  adjacent 
areas,  with  comments  on  the  status  of  various  forms.  American  Midi.  Nat. 
14:228-250. 

.  and  M.  D.  Burt.      1929.     Field  notes  and  locality  records  on  a  collection 

of    amphibians    and    reptiles    chiefly   from    the   western   half   of   the   United 
States.  II.  Reptiles.  Jour.  Washington  Acad.  Sci.  19(20): 448-460. 
Camp.   C.   L.      1916.     The  subspecies  of  Sceloporus  occidentalis  with  description 
of  a  new  form  from  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  systematic  notes  on  other  Cali- 
fornia lizards.  Univ.  California  Publ.  Zool.  17:63-74. 

[Original     description     -     Sceloporus     occidentalis     taylori;     California: 
Yosemite   National   Park,   half  way  between   Merced  Lake  and  Sunrise 
trail,   7500  ft.] 
Cochran,    D.    M.     1961.     Type    specimens    of    reptiles    and    amphibians    in    the 
U.  S.  National  Museum.  United  States  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  220: xv  +  291. 

[Holotype  of  Rhinostoma  occipitale  l  =  Chionactis  occipitalis]  was  found 
after  publication  (  =  USNM  8030)]      ■ 
Cooper,  J.  G.     1870.     The  fauna  of  California  and  its  geographical  distribution. 

Proc,  California  Acad.  Sci.,  Ser.  1,  4:61-81. 
Cope,  E.  D.     1867.     On  a  collection  of  reptiles  from  Owen's  Valley,  California, 
made   by   Dr.    G.    H.    Horn,   with   remarks   on   the   origin   of  species.   Proc., 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  21:85-86. 

[Original  description  -  Ckilomeniscus  ephippicus;  California:  Inyo 
County,  Owen's  Valley.  No  specimens  of  Chilomeniscus  have  since  been 
found  to  inhabit  California.] 

.     1875.     Checklist    of    North    American    batrachians    and    reptiles.    Bull. 

U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  1:1-104. 

.     1883a.     Zoological  geography  of  western  North  America.  Science  1:21. 

.     1883b.     On  the  fishes  of  the  recent  and  Pliocene  lakes  of  the  western 

part  of  the  Great  Basin,  and  of  the  Idaho  Pliocene  lake.  Proc.,  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Philadelphia  17:134-166,  map. 

.     1883c.     Notes  on  the  geographical  distribution  of  Batrachia  and  Rep- 

tilia  of  western  North  America.  Proc,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  17:10-35. 

.     1889.     The    Silver    Lake    of    Oregon    and    its    region.    American    Nat. 

23:970-982,  pis.  40-41. 

— .     1893.     The    report    of    the    Death    Valley    Expedition.    American    Nat. 

27:990-995. 
.     1896a.     On  two  new  species  of  lizards  from  Southern  California.  Ameri- 
can Nat.  30:833-6. 

[Original  description  Anota  [  =  Phrynosoma'\  calidiarum;  Death  Valley, 
California.] 

1896b.     On  the  genus  Callisaurus.  American  Nat.  30:1049-50. 

[Original   description  Callisaurus    [draconoides]   rhodosticus;   El  Rosario, 
Baja  California,  Mexico.] 
1900.     The   crocodilians,   lizards,   and   snakes  of  North  America.  Ann. 


Rept.,  United  States  Nat.  Mus,  for  .  .  .  1898:55-1270,  pis.  1-36. 

Cowles,  R.  B.  1920.  A  list  and  some  notes  on  the  lizards  and  snakes  repre- 
sented in  Pomona  College  Museum.  Journ.  Entom.  &  Zool.,  Pomona  Coll. 
12:63-66. 

.  and  C.  M.  Bogert.     1936.     The  herpetology  of  the  Boulder  Dam  region 

(Nevada,  Arizona,  Utah).  Herpetologica  l(l):33-42. 

Dice,  L.  R.  1943.  The  biotic  provinces  of  North  America.  Ann  Arbor:  Univ. 
Michigan  Press,  viii  +   78  pp. 

Durrant,  S.  D.  1952.  Mammals  of  Utah.  Taxonomy  and  distribution.  Univ. 
Kansas  Publ.,  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  6:1-549. 

Erwin,  R.  P.      1925.     Snakes  in  Idaho.  Copeia  (138):  6-7. 

— .  1928.  List  of  Idaho  reptiles  and  amphibians  in  the  Idaho  State  His- 
torical Museum,  Boise.  11th  Biennial  Report,  State  Historical  Society  of 
Idaho,  1926-1928:31-33. 

Fitch,  H.  S.  1939.  Desert  reptiles  in  Lassen  Co.,  California.  Herpetologica 
1:151-152. 

.     1940.     A   biogeographical   study   of  the  ordinoides  Artenkreis  of  garter 

snakes   (genus  Thamnophis).  Univ.  California  Publ.  Zool.  44(1):  1-150. 


June  11,  1964       herpetology  in  the  great  basin  51 

and  T.   P.   Maslin.      1961.     Occurrence  of  the  garter  snake,  Thamnophis 


sirtalis.  in  the  Great  Plains  and  Rocky  Mountains.  Univ.  Kansas  Publ.,  Mus. 
Nat.  Hist.   13(5): 289-308. 

[Elaboration   of   the   name   Thamnophis  sirtalis  fitchi  for  both  western 
and  eastern  Great  Basin  populations.] 
and  W.  W.  Tanner.        1951.     Remarks  concerning  the  systematics  of  the 


collared    lizard,    with    the    description    of    a    new    subspecies.    Trans.    Kansas 
Acad.  Sci.  54:548-59. 

Fox,  W.  1951a.  The  status  of  the  garter  snake,  THamnophis  sirtalis  tetratae- 
nia.  Copeia  1951  (4)  :257-267. 

.     1951b.     Relationships    among    the    garter    snakes    of    the    Thamnophis 

elegans  Rassenkreis.   Univ.   California   Publ.  Zool.   50(5): 485-530. 

Fremont,  J.  C.  1845.  Report  of  the  exploring  expeditions  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains in  the  year  1842,  and  to  Oregon  and  North  California  in  the  years 
1843-1844.  Second  session,  United  States  Senate,  28th  Congress,  Washington, 
D.  C,  693  pp. 

Girard,  C.  1852.  A  monographic  essay  on  the  genus  Phrynosoma.  In:  Stans- 
bury,  Howard,  An  expedition  to  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake  of  Utah: 
including  a  description  of  its  geography,  natural  history,  and  minerals,  and 
an  analysis  of  its  waters;  with  an  authentic  account  of  the  Mormon  settle- 
ment.   Philadelphia.    Lippincott,   Grambo  &   Co.,   pp.   354-365,   pis.   6-8. 

.     1858.     Herpetology.     U.     S.     Exploring    expedition,    during    the    years 

1838,  1839,  1840,  1841,  1842,  under  the  command  of  Charles  Wilkes,  U.S.N., 
vol.  20,  Philadelphia:  J.  P.  Lippincott  &  Co.,  xviii  +  496  pp. 

[Original     description     of    Phrynosoma     (subgenus     Tapayd)     douglassi 

ornatum;   valley   of  Great   Salt  Lake]. 

1858.     Atlas  Herpetology.  Prepared  under  the  superintendence  of  S.  F. 


Baird.  By  authority  of  Congress.  United  States  Exploring  Expedition  during 
the  years  1838,  1839,  1840,  1841,  1842,  under  the  command  of  Charles  Wilkes, 
U.S.N.   Philadelphia:   C.  Sherman  &  Son,  Printers,  pp.   1-10,  plas.  1-31. 

Glissmeyer,  H.  R.  1951.  Egg  production  of  the  Great  Basin  rattlesnake.  In: 
Symposium,  A  snake  den  in  Tooele  County,  Utah.  Herpetologica  7(l):24-27 

Gloyd,  H.  K.  1940.  The  rattlesnakes,  genera  Sistrurus  and  Crotalus.  A  study 
of  zoogeography  and  evolution.  Chicago  Acad.  Sci.,  Spec.  Publ.  4,  vii  -f- 
266  pp. 

Gordon,  K.  1939.  The  amphibia  and  reptilia  of  Oregon.  Oregon  State  Mono- 
graphs, Studies  in  Zool.  1,  82  pp. 

Grinnell,  J.  1908.  The  biota  of  the  San  Bernardino  Mountains.  Univ.  Cali- 
fornia Publ.  Zool.  5:1-170. 

— •    and    C.    L.    Camp.     1917.     A   distributional   list   of   the   amphibians   and 

reptiles    of   California.    Univ.    California   Publ.    Zool.    17:127-208. 

and  H.  W.  Grinnell.     1907.     Reptiles  of  Los  Angeles  County,  California. 


Throop  Inst.  Bull.  35,  64  pp. 
Grobman,.  A.  B.     1941.     A  contribution  to  the  knowledge  of  variation  in  Opheo- 
drys    vernalis    (Harlan),    with    the   description    of    a    new    subspecies.    Misc. 
Publ.,  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michigan  50,  38  pp. 

[Original    description    -    Opheodrys   vernalis   blanchardi;    Colorado:    Las 
Animas  County,  Spanish  Peaks,  8000  feet] . 
Hall,  E.   R.     1929.     A  "den"  of  rattlesnakes  in  eastern  Nevada.  Bull.  Antivenin 
Soc.  America  3 (3):  79-80. 

.     1946.     The    mammals    of    Nevada.    Berkeley    and    Los    Angeles:    Univ. 

California  Press,  xi  +  710  pp. 
Hallowell,    E.     1852.     Descriptions   of   new   species   of   reptiles   inhabiting   North 
America.  Proc,  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  6:177-182.   . 

[Original    description    -    Leptophis    taenita    [=Masticophis    taeniatus]; 
New  Mexico]. 

.      1854.     Descriptions  of  new   reptiles  from  California.   Proc,  Acad.  Nat. 

Sci.  Philadelphia  7:91-97.  

[Original  description  -  Rhinostoma  occipitale   i=Chionactis  occipitalis]; 
California:   Mojave  Desert] 
Harris,    Harry.     1928.     Robert    Ridgway    with    a    bibliography   of   his   published 
writings  and  fifty  illustrations.  The  Condor,  30(1):4-118. 


riie  Great  Basin  Naluralist 
52  BANTA  AND   TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Henshaw.    H.    W.      1919.     Autobiographical   Notes.     The    Condor   21(5) :  1 77-181. 

.      1920.     Autobiographical  Notes.   The  Condor  22(1)  :3-10. 

Hey  rend.    F.    and    A.    Call.      1951.     Growth    and    age    in    western    striped    racer 

and  Great  Basin  rattlesnake.  In  Symposium:  A  snake  den  in  Tooele  County, 

Utah.   Herpetologica.   7:28-40. 
Hubbs.    C.    L.    and    R.    R.    Miller.      1948.     The    Great    Basin    with    emphasis   on 

glacial  and  post-glacial  times.  II.  The  zoological  evidence.  Bull..  Univ.  Utah. 

38.  Biol.  ser.  10:18-166. 
.lorgensen.    C.    D.    and    W.    W.    Tanner.      1963.     The    application    of   the   density 

probabilit\'    function    to    determine    the    home    ranges    of    Uta    stansburiana 

stansburiana   and   Cnemidophorus   tigris   tigris.   Herpetologica    19(2) :  105-1 15. 
Julian.    G.      1951.      Se.\     ratios    of    the    winter    populations.    In    Symposium:     A 

snake    den    in    Tooele    Countv.    Utah.    Herpetologica    7(l):21-24. 
Klauber.   L.   M.      1929.     Range  e.xtensions  in  California.   Copeia    (170):  15-22. 
.      1930.      New   and  renamed   subspecies  of  Crotalus  confluentus  Say.  with 

remarks    on    related    species.    Trans..    San    Diego   Soc.    Hist.    6(3): 95- 144,   pis. 

9-12. 

[Original    descriptions    -     (1)    Crotalus    confluentus    [  =  viridis]    lutosus; 
Utah:    Millard    County.    10  miles   northwest   of  Abraham  -    (2)    Crotalus 
confluentus   [=rnitchelli]   stephensi;   California:    Inyo  County,  Panamint 
Mountains.  2  miles  west  of  Jackass  Springs.  6200  feet.] 
.      1931.     A  new  species  of  Xantusia  from  Arizona,  with  a  snyopsis  of  the 

genus.  Trans..  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  7:1-16.  1  pi. 
.      1932.     Amphibians    and    reptiles    observed    en    route    to    Hoover    Dam. 

Copeia   1932(3):118-128. 
.      1939.     Studies    of    reptile    life    in    the   arid    southwest.    Bull.    Zool.    Soc. 

San  Diego  14,  100  pp. 
.      1941.     The    long-nosed   snakes   of   the   genus   Rhinocheilus.   Trans..   San 

Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  9(29)  :289-332.  pis.  12-13. 
.      1943.     The  subspecies  of  the  rubber  snake,  Charina.  Trans.,  San  Diego 

Soc.  Nat.  Hist.  10(7):83-90. 

[Supported   recognition   of   Charina  bottae  utahensis  Van  Denburgh.] 
.      1944.     The    sidewinder,    Crotalus    cerastes,    with    description    of    a    new 

subspecies.   Trans.   San   Diego   Soc.   Nat.   Hist.    10(8)  :91-126,  pis.   6-7,  fig.    1. 
.      1945.     The   geckos   of   the   genus   Coleonyx  with  descriptions  of  a  new 

subspecies.    Trans.,   San   Diego   Soc.   Nat.   Hist.    10:133-216.  2  maps. 

1947.     Classification    and    ranges    of    the    gopher   snakes    of    the    genus 


Pituophis   in  the  western  United   States.   Bull.,  Zool.   Soc.   San  Diego  22,  81 

PP-  .  .  .     .  , 

— .      1951.     The    shovel-nosed    snake.    Chionactis.    with    descriptions    of    two 

new   subspecies.   Trans..   San  Diego  Soc.   Nat.   Hist.    1 1  (9) :  141-204.  pis.  9-10. 

[Original    description     -     Chionactis    occipitalis    talpina;     Nevada:     Nj-e 

County,   50   miles   south   of   Goldfield,   on  the   highway   to   Beatty.] 

1956.     Rattlesnakes.  Their  habits,  life  histories,  and  influence  on  man- 


kind.   Berkelev    and   Los   Angeles:    Univ.    California   Press.   2   vols.,   .xxix    + 

708,  .xvi.  709-i476  pp. 
Knowlton,   G.    F.      1936.     Lizard   digestion   studies.   Herpetologica    1(1):9-10. 

.      1937.     Notes    on    three    Utah    lizards.    Herpetologica    1  (4) :  109-1 10. 

.      1938.     Lizards    in    insect   control.    Ohio   Journ.    Sci.    38(5)  :235-238. 

.      1941.     Notes   on   the   brown-shouldered   Uta.   Copeia    1941  (3):  182. 

.      1942a.     The  brown-shouldered  Uta  -  observations.  Herpetologica  2(4):  80. 

.      1942b.     Reptiles  eaten  by  birds.  Copeia  1942(3):  186. 

.      1942c.     Range     lizards     as     insect     predators.     Journ.     Econ.     Entomol. 

35(4) :602. 

.      1946a.     Feeding   habits   of   some   reptiles.    Herpetologica   3(3):  77-80. 

.      1946b.      Feeding    notes    on    two    small    lizards.    Herpetologica    3(4):  143- 

144. 

.      1947a.     Some   insect   food  of   an   Idaho   lizard.   Herpetologica   3 (5):  177. 

.      1947b.     The    sagebrush    swift    in   pasture    insect    control.    Herpetologica 

4(1):25. 
.      1948.     Vertebrate   animals   feeding   on   the   Mormon   cricket.   American 

Midi.  Nat.   39(1):137-138. 


June  11,  1964   herpetology  in  the  great  basin  53 

.      1949.     Ladybird    beetles    in    sagebrush    swift    stomachs.    Herpetologica 

4(4):151. 
Knowlton.    G.    F..    and    E.    W.    Anthon.      1935.     Uta    slansburiana   stansburiana 

(.Baird  and  Girard).  Copeia  1935(4):  183. 
Knowlton.    G.    F.,    W.    D.    Fronk,    and    D.    R.    Maddock.      1943.     Seasonal   insect 

food  of  the  brown-shouldered  Uta  (lizard).  Jour.  Econ.  Entomol.  35(6):  942. 
Knowlton,   G.   F..   D.    R.   Maddock.   and   S.   L.   Wood.      1946.     Insect  food   of  the 

sagebrush  sw^ift.  Journ.  Econ.  Entomol.  39(3)  :382. 
Knowlton,   G.    F.,    and    W.    P.    Nye.     1946.     Lizards    feeding    on    ants    in    Utah. 

Journ.  Econ.  Entomol.  39(4)  :546. 
Knowlton.    G.    F,.    and    C.    F.    Smith.      1935.     The   desert   grid-iron  tailed   lizard. 

Copeia    1935(2):  102-103. 
Knowlton,   G.    F..   E.   J.   Taylor,   and   W.   J.   Hanson.      1948.     Insect  food   of  Uta 

stansburiana  stansburiana  in  the  Timpie  area  of  Utah.   Herpetologica  4(6): 

197-198. 
Knowlton.    G.    F..    and    W.    L.    Thomas.      1936.     Food    habits    of    Skull    Valley 

lizards  (Tooele  Co.,  Utah).  Copeia  1936(1 ): 64-66. 
Knowlton,  G.  F,,  and  A.  C.  Valcarce.      1950.     Insect  food  of  the  sagebrush  swift 

\n  Box  Elder  County  of  Utah.  Herpetologica  6(2): 33-34. 
La    Ri\ers.    I.      1942.     Some    new    amphibian    and    reptile    records    for    Nevada. 

Jour.  Entomol.  &  Zool.,  Pomona  Coll.  34:35-68. 
Leviton.   Alan   E.      1953.     Catalogue  of  the  amphibians  and  reptile  types  in  the 

Natural  History  Museum  of  Stanford  University.  Herpetologica  8:121-132. 
Linsdale.  J.  M.  1936.  The  birds  of  Nevada.  Pacific  Coast  Avifauna  23.  145  pp. 
.      1938.     Environmental    responses    of    vertebrates    in    the    Great    Basin. 

American  Midi.  Nat.   19:1-206. 
.      1940.     Amphibians    and    reptiles    in    Nevada.    Proc.    American    Acad. 

Arts  and  Sci.  73:197-257. 
McLain.  R.  B.      1899.     Critical  notes  on  a  collection  of  reptiles  from  the  western 

coast   of   the    United    States.    Published   privately,   Wheeling,   West  Virginia, 

13  pp. 
Meriiam.    C.    H.      1890.     Results    of    a    biological    survey    of    the    San    Francisco 

Mountain    region    and    desert    of    the    Little    Colorado    in    Arizona.    North 

American   Fauna   3:1-101. 
.      1895.     The    geographic    distribution    of    life    in    North    America    with 

special   reference  to  the  Mammalia.   Proc,  Biol.   Soc.  Washington,   7:1-64. 
Nolan.    T.    B.      1943.     The    basin    and    range    province    in    Utah,    Nevada,    and 

California.    United   States   Geol.    Surv.,    Prof.   Paper   197-D:  141-196. 
Norris.    K.    S.      1953.     The    ecology    of    the    desert    iguana    Dipsosaurus  dorsalis. 

Ecology  34:265-287. 
.      1958.     The  evolution  and  systematics  of  the  iguanid  genus  Uma  and  its 

relation    to    the    evolution    of   other    North    American   desert   reptiles.    Bull., 

American  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  114:251-326. 
Osborn,   H.   F.      1931.     Cope:    master  naturalist.   The  life  and  letters  of  Edward 

Drinker    Cope    with    a    bibliography    of    his    writings    classified    by    subject. 

Princeton,  New  Jersey:  Princeton  Univ.  Press,  xvi  +  740  pp. 
Pack,    H.    J.      1918a.     A    burrowing   habit   of   Cnemidophorus    tessellatus    (Say). 

Copeia   (5):51-52. 

.      1918b.     Some  habits  of  the  pigmy  horned  lizard.  Copeia   (63):91-92. 

.      1919.     Note  on  food  habits  of  the  bull  snake.  Copeia   (68):  16. 

.      1921.     Food  habits  of  Sceloporus  graciosus  graciosus  (Baird  and  Girard). 

Proc,  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  34:63-66. 
.      1922.     Food   habits   of   Crotaphytus  wislizenii   Baird   and   Girard.   Proc, 

Biol.  Soc.  Washington  35:1-4. 
.      1923a.     Food    habits     of    Callisaurus    ventralis    ventralis     (Hallowell). 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  36:79-82, 
.      1923b.     Food   habits  of  Crotaphytus  collaris  baileyi   (Stejneger).   Proc, 

Biol.  Soc.  Washington  36:83-84. 
.      1923c.     The  food  habits  of  Cnemidophorus  tessellatus  tessellatus  (Say). 

Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington  36:85-90. 

1930.     Snakes  of  Utah   (compiled  by  George  Franklin  Knowlton.  Utah 


Agri.   Exper.   Sta.,  Utah  State  Agric.  College.  Bull.  221:1-32. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
54  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Phelan,    R.    L.,    and   B.    H.    Brattstrom.     1955.     Geographic   variation  in   Scelo- 
porus  magister.  Herpetologica  11(1):  1-14. 

[Original    descriptions    -     ( 1 )     Sceloporus    magister    transversus;    Cali- 
fornia:   Inyo   County,   Keough's  Hot   Springs,   7  miles  south   of  Bishop; 
(2)    Sceloporus    magister    uniformis;    California:    Los    Angeles    County, 
Valyermo.] 
Reeve.  W.   L.     1952.     Taxonomy   and  distribution  of  the  horned  lizards,  genus 

Phrynosoma.  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  34(14) : 81 7-960. 
Richardson,    C.    H.,    Jr.     1915.     Reptiles    of   northwestern   Nevada   and   adjacent 
territory.  Proc,  United  States  Nat.  Mus.  48:403-435. 

[Original    description    -    Callisaurus    ventralis    [=draconoides]    myurus; 

Nevada:    Washoe   County,   Pyramid   Lake  Indian  Agency    (=  Nixon).] 

Rodgers,    T.    L.    and    H.    S.    Fitch.     1947.     Variation    in    the    skinks    (Reptilia: 

Lacertilia)    of  the  skiltonianus  group.   Univ.  California.  Publ.  Zool.  48:169- 

220,  pis.  8-10. 

Ruthven,    A.    G.     1913.     Description   of   a   new    Uta   from   Nevada.   Proc,   Biol. 

Soc.  Washington  26:27-30. 

[Original    description   -    Uta   stansburiana   nevadensis;    Nevada:    Eureka 
County,  Cortez  Range  west  of  Carlin.] 

.      1915.     An   interpretation  of  the  distribution  of  the  reptiles  in  Maggie 

Basin,  Nevada.  Bull.,  American  Geogr.  Soc,  47:948-952. 
.     1926.     Notes  on  Utah  reptiles.  Occas.  Papers,  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michi- 
gan, 179:1-4. 

1932.     Notes  on   the  amphibians   and  reptiles  of   Utah.   Occas.   Papers, 


Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michigan  243:1-4. 

Ruthven,  A.  G.  and  H.  T.  Gaige.  1915.  The  reptiles  and  amphibians  collected 
in  northeastern  Nevada  by  the  Walker-Newcomb  Expedition  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  Occas.  Papers,  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michigan  8:1-33. 

Sanders,  R.  T.  1951.  Effects  of  venom  injections  in  rattlesnakes.  In  Sympo- 
posium:    A   snake   den   in  Tooele   County,   Utah.   Herpetologica   7(l):47-52. 

Savage,  J.  M.  1952.  Studies  on  the  lizard  family  Xantusiidae.  I.  The  syste- 
matic status  of  the  Baja  California  night  lizards  allied  to  Xantusia  vigilis, 
with  the  description  of  a  new  subspecies.  American  Midi.  Nat.  48(2):  467- 
479. 

.     1960.     Evolution    of   a   peninsular   herpetofauna.    In   Symposium:    The 

biogeography  of  Baja  California  and  adjacent  seas.  Part  III.  Terrestrial  and 
fresh-water  biotas.  Systematic  Zool.  9(3  &  4):  184-212. 

1963.     Studies    on    the    lizard    family    Xantusiidae.    IV.    The    genera. 


Contribs.  Sci.,  Los  Angeles  Co.  Mus.  71:1-38. 
Slevin,  J.  R.     1931.     Range  extensions  of  certain  western  species  of  reptiles  and 

amphibians.  Copeia   1931  (3):  140. 
.     1934.     A    handbook    of    reptiles    and    amphibians   of   the   Pacific    states 

including  certain  eastern  species.  Special  Publ.,  California  Acad.  Sci.,  73  pp. 
and    A.    E.    Leviton.     1956.     Holotype    specimens    of    reptiles    and    am- 


phibians in  the  collection  of  the  California  Academy  of  Sciences.  Proc,  Cali- 
fornia Acad.  Sci.,  Ser.  4,  28:526-560. 

Schmidt,  K.  P.  1953.  A  check  list  of  North  American  amphibians  and  reptiles. 
American  Soc.  Ichthyologists  and  Herpetologists  6th  ed.  vii  +  280  pp. 

Smart,  E.  W.  1951.  Color  analysis  in  the  Great  Basin  rattlesnake.  In:  Sym- 
posium, A  snake  den  in  Tooele  County.  Utah.  Herpetologica   7(l):41-46. 

Smith,  H.  M.  1939.  The  Mexican  and  Central  American  lizards  of  the  genus 
Sceloporus.  Zool.  Ser.,  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  26:1-397,  31   pis. 

.      1946.     Handbook  of  lizards.  Lizards  of  the  United  States  and  of  Canada. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.:  Comstock  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  xxi  +  557  pp. 

Snyder,  J.  O.  1917.  The  fishes  of  the  Lahontan  system  of  Nevada  and  north- 
eastern California.  Bull.,  United  States  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  35:31-86,  pis. 
3-5. 

Stebbins,  R.  C.  1954.  Amphibians  and  reptiles  of  western  North  America. 
New   York:    McGraw-Hill    Book   Co.,    Inc.,   xxii    +    528   pp.,    104  pis. 


June  11,  1964        herpetology  in  the  great  basin  55 

1958.     A    new    alligator    lizard    from    the    Panamint    Mountains,    Inyo 


County,  California.  American  Mus.  Novitates  1883:1-27. 

[Original    description    -    Gerrhonotus    panamintinus;    California:     Inyo 
County,    Panamint    Mountains,    Surprise   Canyon,   4500   feet.] 
Stejneger,  L.   H.     1890.     Annotated  list  of  reptiles  and  batrachians  collected  by 

Dr.   C.   Hart  Merriam   and  Vernon  Bailey  on  the  San  Francisco  Mountain 

Plateau    and    Desert    of   the    Little   Colorado,   Arizona,   with   descriptions   of 

new  species.  North  American  Fauna  3:103-126,  pis.  12-13. 

[Original   description  of  Crotaphytus   [collaris]    bailey i;   Painted  Desert, 
Little  Colorado  River,  Arizona.] 
.      1893.     Annotated   list   of  the   reptiles   and  batrachians  collected  by  the 

Death   Valley   Expedition   in   1891,   with   description  of  new  species.   North 

American  Fauna  7:159-229. 

[Original    descriptions    of    (1)     Gerrhonotus    scincicauda    [  =  coeruleus1 
palmeri;    California:    Fresno  County,    South   Fork   of  King's   River.    (2) 
Pituophis  catenifer  deserticola;  Utah:  Washington  County,  Beaver  Dam 
Mountains.] 
1919.     The  name  of  the  horned-toad  from  the  Salt  Lake  Basin.  Copeia 


(65):3-4. 

[  Ressurrection    of    the    name    Phrynosoma    douglassii    ornatum    Girard 
1858  for  eastern  Great  Basin  populations.] 
Stone,    W.      1911.     On    some    collections    of    reptiles    and    batrachians    from    the 

western  United  States.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia  63:222-232. 
Storm,   R.   M.   and  R.  A.  Pimental.     1949.     Herpetological  notes  from  Malheur 

Co.,  Oregon.  Great  Basin  Nat.  9:59-63. 
Stuart,  L.  C.     1932.     The  lizards  of  the  Middle  Pahvant  Valley,  Utah:  materials 

for  a  study  in  saurian  distribution.  Occas.  Papers,  Mus.  Zool.,  Univ.  Michi- 
gan 244:1-33. 
Tanner,    V.    M.     1927a.     Distributional   list   of   the   amphibians   and   reptiles   of 

Utah.  Copeia   (163): 54-58. 
.     1927b.     First     zoological    expedition    of    Brigham    Young    University, 

1926.  Proc,  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts  and  Letters  4:23-24. 
.     1928.     Distributional  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  Utah.  No.  2. 

Copeia   (166): 22-28. 
.     1929.     A   distributional    list   of   the   amphibians   and   reptiles   of  Utah, 

No.  3.  Copeia  (171): 46-52. 
.     1930.     The  amphibians   and   reptiles  of  Bryce  Canyon  National  Park, 

Utah.  Copeia  1930   (2):41-43. 
.     1933.     A   study   of   the  variation  of  the  dorsal   scale  rows  of  Cfiarina 

bottae  (Blainville).  Copeia  1933(2) :81-84. 
.     1940.     A  chapter  in  the  natural  history  of  the  Great  Basin,  1800-1855. 

Great  Basin  Nat,  1(2):33-61. 
.     1942.     Notes  on  the  birth  and  growth  of  horned  lizards.  Great  Basin 

Nat.  3  (2):  60. 
.     1948.     Conservation  of  cold-blooded  vertebrates.  Proc.  Utah  Acad.  Sci., 

Arts,  and  Letters,  25:41-42. 
.     1949.     Notes    on    the    number,    length,    and    weight    of    young    garter 

snakes.  Great  Basin  Nat.  9(3-4) :51-54. 

1957.     Joseph   Richard  Slevin    (1881-1957).   Great  Basin  Nat.   17(1-2): 


56-58. 
Tanner,  V.  M.  and  W.  W.  Tanner.     1939.     Notes  on  Charina  bottae  in  Utah: 

reproduction.  Great  Basin  Nat.  l(l):27-30. 
Tanner,  W.   W.     1939.     Reptiles  of  Utah  County.  Proc,  Utah  Acad.  Sci.,  Arts 

and  Letters,   16:107. 

.     1939.     The    status   of   the   Utah   gopher   snake.    Utah   Acad.    Sci.,   Arts 

and  Letters.  26:107. 

.     1940.     Notes    on   the   herpetological    specimens   added   to  the  Brigham 

Young   University    collection   during    1939.   Great   Basin   Nat.    1  (3) :  138-146. 
.      1941a.     A   study  of  the  variation  in  the  less  common  snakes  of  Utah. 

Great  Basin  Nat.  2(1):  16-28. 
.     1941b.     The  reptiles  and  amphibians  of  Idaho.  No.  1.  Great  Basin  Nat. 

2(2):87-97. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
56  BANTA  AND  TANNER  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

.     1943.     Notes  on  the   life  history  of  Eumeces  skiltonianus  skiltonianus. 

Great  Basin  Nat.  4(2): 81 -88. 

.      1946.     A  taxonomic  study  of  the  genus  Hypsiglena.  Great  Basin  Nat. 

5(3-4) :25-92. 

[Original  description  -  Hypsiglena  o.  [ochorhynchus^  (  =  torquata  des- 
erticola;  Utah:  Utah  County,  west  side  of  Cedar  Valley,  between  3-4 
miles  northwest  of  Chimney  Rock.] 

.     1949.     Food     of     the     wandering     garter    snake,     Thamnophis    elegans 

vagrans    (Baird  and  Girard),  in  Utah.  Herpetologica  5(4):85-86. 

.     1950.     Variation  in  the  scale  and  color  pattern  of  the  wandering  garter 

snake   in   Utah   and   southern   Idaho.   Herpetologica  6(7):  194-196. 

.      1952.     Diadophis    regalis    regalis    (B.    &   G.)    found    in   Nevada.    Great 

Basin  Nat.   12(1-4) :  63-64. 

.     1953.     A   study   of   taxonomv  and  phylogeny   of  Lampropeltis  pyrome- 

/ana  Cope.  Great  Basin  Nat.  13(1-2): 47-66. 

[Original    description    -    Lampropeltis    pyromelana    infralabialis;    Utah: 
Beaver  County.] 
1957.     A     taxonomic     and     ecological     study     of     the     western     skink 


{Eumeces  skiltonianus).  Great  Basin  Nat.  17(3-4):  59-95. 

[Original    description    -    Eumeces    skiltonianus    utahensis;    Utah;    Utah 
County,    southeastern    edge    of    Cedar    Valley,    approximately    one   half 
mile  directly  west  of  Chimney  Rock.] 
Tanner,  W.  W.  and  B.  H.  Banta.      1963a.     The  distribution  of  Tantilla  utahensis. 
Great  Basin  Nat.  22(4) :  1 16-18. 

.     1963b.     The   systematics   of   Crotaphytus   wislizeni,   the  leopard   lizards. 

Part  I,  A  redescription  of  Crotaphytus  wislizeni  wislizeni  Baird  and  Girard, 
and  a  description  of  a  new  subspecies  from  the  Upper  Colorado  River  Basin. 
Great  Basin  Nat.  23(3-4) :  129-148. 

[Original   description   -    Crotaphytus  wislizeni   punctatus;    Utah:    Grand 
County;  Yellow  Cat  mining  district,   ±    10  miles  south  of  U.  S.  Highway 
50-6.] 
Tanner,    W.    W.    and    C.    Jorgensen.     1963.     Reptiles   of  the  Nevada  Test  Site. 

Brigham  Young  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.,  Biol.  Ser.  3  (3):  1-31. 
Tanner,  W.  W,  and  R.  B.  Loomis.     1957.     A  taxonomic  and  distributional  study 
of   the  western   subspecies   of   the  milk  snake,   Lampropeltis  doliata.   Trans., 
Kansas  Acad.  Sci.  60(1):  12-42. 

[Original  description  -  Lampropeltis  doliata  taylori;  Utah:  Utah  County, 
approximately  2  miles  north  of  Alpine.] 
Taylor,   E.    H.      1935.     A   taxonomic   study   of   the   cosmopolitan   scincoid  lizards 
of  the  genus  Eumeces  with  an  account  of  the  distribution  and  relationships 
of  its  species.  Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull.  23,  643  pp. 

[Original  description  -  Eumeces  gilberti  rubricaudatus;  Calif orrua:  Kern 

County,  Tehachapi  Mountains.] 

Taylor,  W.  P.      1912.     Field  notes  on  amphibians,  reptiles  and  birds  of  northern 

Humboldt  County,  Nevada,  with  a  discussion  of  some  of  the  faunal  features 

of    the    region.    Univ.    California    Publ.    Zool.    7(10) :  319-436. 

Turner,   Frederick   B.   and   Roland  H.   Wauer.      1963.     A  survev  of  the  herpeto- 

fauna   of   the  Death   Valley   Area.  Great  Basin  Nat.   23(3-4) :  119-128. 
Van   Denburgh,    J.      1897.     The   reptiles   of   the   Pacific   Coast   and  Great   Basin. 
Occas.  Papers.  California  Acad.  Sci.  5:1-236. 

.      1912a.     Notes  on  some  reptiles  from  Southern  California  and  Arizona. 

Proc,  California  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  3:147-154. 

.      1912b.     Notes   on   some   reptiles   and    amphibians   from   Oregon,   Idaho, 

and  Utah.  Proc,  California  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  3:155-160. 

.     1920a.     A   further  study  of  variation  in  the  gopher  snakes  of  western 

North   America.   Proc,   California   Acad.   Sci.,   ser.   4,   10(3):  1-28. 
.      1920b.     Description  of  a  new  subspecies  of  boa  (Charina  bottae  utahen- 
sis) from  Utah.  Proc,  California  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  10(l):31-32. 

[Original  description  -  Charina  bottae  utahensis;  Utah:   Wasatch  Coun- 
ty, Wasatch  Mountains,  Little  Cottonwood  Canyon.] 


June  11,  1964   hekpetology  in  the  great  basin  57 

.      1922.     The    leptiles    of    western    Noitli    Ainerica.    Occas.    Papers,    Cali- 
fornia Acad.  Sci..  no.  10.  2  vols..  1028  pp. 
\'an  Denburgh.  J.  and  J.  R.  Slevin.      1915.     A  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles 

oi   lUah.  with   notes  on  the  species  in  the  collection  of  the  Academy.  Proc, 

California  Acad.  Sci.,  ser.  4,  5(4): 99-1 10. 
.      1918.     The   garter  snakes   of  western  North  America.   Proc,  California 

Acad.  Sci..  ser.  4,  8(6) :  181-270. 
.      1919.     The  gopher  snakes  of  western  North  America.   Proc,  California 

Acad.  Sci..  ser.  4,  9(6):  197-220. 
.     1921a.     A  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  Nevada  with  notes  on 

the  species   in   the   collection   of   the  Academy.   Proc,   California  Acad.   Sci., 

ser.  4.   ri(2):27-83. 

1921b.     A  list  of  the  amphibians  and  reptiles  of  Idaho,  with  notes  on 


the   species   in  the   collection  of  the  Academy.   Proc.   California   Acad.   Sci., 

ser.  4.   11  (3): 38-47. 
Vetas.   B.      1951.     Temperatures   of   entrance  and  emergence.   In  Symposium:    A 

snake  den  in  Tooele  County,  Utah.  Herpetologica  7(1):  15-20. 
Woodbury.   A.    M.     1931.     A  descriptive   catalog  of  the  reptiles  of   Utah.   Bull., 

Univ.  Utah.  21(5):  x  +  129, 

.      1941.     Copulation  in  gopher  snakes.  Copeia  1941(1):  54. 

.      1944.     My    rattlesnake    bite.    Proc.    Utah    Acad.    Sci.,    Arts    &    Letters, 

19  &  20:179-184. 
.      1948.     Marking   reptiles   with    an   electric   tatooing   outfit.   Copeia    1948 

(2):127-128. 
.      1951.     Introduction   -    a   ten-year   study.    In   Symposium:    A   snake   den 

in  Tooele  County.  Utah.  Herpetologica  7(1):  1-14. 
.      1952.     Amphibians   and   reptiles   of   the   Great   Salt   Lake  Valley.   Her- 
petologica 8(2):  42-50. 

.     1953.     Methods    of    field    study    in    reptiles.    Herpetologica    9(2):87-92. 

.      1954.     Study  of  reptile  dens.  Herpetologica  10(1)  :49-5 3. 

.     1956.     Ecological     check    lists.     The    Great    Salt    Lake    Desert    series. 

Ecological   Res.   Report,   Univ.   Utah,  pp.    1-125    (mimeographed). 
and    R.    M.    Hansen.      1950.     A   snake   den   in   Tintic   Mountains,   Utah. 

Herpetologica  6:66-70. 
and  D.   D.   Parker.     1956.     A  snake  den  in  Cedar  Mountains  and  notes 

on  snakes  and  parasitic  mites.  Herpetologica  12:261-268. 

and  E.  W.  Smart.     1950.     Unusual  snake  records  from  Utah  and  Nevada. 


Herpetologica   6:45-47. 

Woodbury,  Marian  and  A.  M.  Woodbury.  1945.  Life  history  studies  of  the 
sagebrush  lizard  Sceloporus  g.  graciosus  with  special  reference  to  cycles  in 
reproduction.   Herpetologica  2:175-196. 

Yarrow.  H.  C.  1875.  Report  upon  the  collections  of  batrachians  and  reptiles 
made  in  portions  of  Nevada,  Utah,  California,  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  and 
Arizona  during  the  years  1871.  1872,  1873,  and  1874.  Report,  Geographical 
and  Geological  Explorations  and  Surveys  west  of  100th  Meridian  (Wheeler 
Survey),  vol.  5.  Zoology,  ch.  4.  pp.  509-584. 

.  1883.  Check  list  of  North  American  reptilia  and  batrachia  with  cata- 
logue of  specimens  in  LT.  S.  National  Museum.  United  States  Nat.  Mus. 
Bull.  24.  249  pp. 

and    H.    W.    Henshaw.      1878.     Report   upon  the   reptiles   and   batrachians 

collected  during  the  years  1875.  1876,  and  1877,  in  California,  Arizona,  and 
Nevada.  Appendix  NN.  Annual  Report,  Chief  of  Engineers  for  1878.  Geo- 
graphical Survey  of  the  Territory  of  the  United  States  west  of  the  100th 
Meridian.  Washington,  D.  C,  pp.  206-226. 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  NOR!  H  AMERICAN  PITYOPHTHORUS 
EICHHOFF    (COLEOPTERA:    SCOLYTIDAE) 

Stephen  L.  Wood' 

Several  undescribed  species  of  the  large  and  difficult  genus 
Pityophthorus  have  accumulated  in  recent  years.  Because  of  special 
interest  in  the  biology  and  economic  importance  of  these  insects 
names  must  be  made  available  for  them.  On  the  following  pages 
twelve  species  are  described  as  new  to  science;  four  are  from  the 
United  States  and  eight  are  from  Mexico. 

Pityophthorus  toralis,  n.  sp. 

This  species  is  allied  to  anceps  Blackman  and  alpinensis  Hop- 
ping, but  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  somewhat  irregular  rows  of 
strial  punctures,  by  the  larger  and  more  abundant  strial  and  inter- 
strial  punctures,  and  by  the  deeper,  wider  declivital  sulcus. 

Female. —  Length  2.3  mm.  (para types  2.1-2.4),  2.6  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  very  dark  brown  to  black. 

Frons  broadly  flattened  between  eyes  from  epistoma  to  well 
above  eyes,  with  median  half  subconcave;  gradually  raised  toward 
epistomal  margin  and  with  a  conspicuous,  distinctly  elevated  trans- 
verse epistomal  process  (much  more  conspicuous  than  in  allied 
species);  surface  rather  coarsely,  closely  punctured;  vestiture  fine, 
moderately  abundant,  uniformly  covering  entire  flattened  surface, 
but  longer  at  margins.  Eye  and  antenna  as  in  allied  species,  except 
first  suture  of  club  more  distinctly  procurved. 

Pronotum  1.04  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  on  basal  third; 
sides  arcuate  behind,  rather  strongly  constricted  one-third  from  an- 
terior margin;  anterior  margin  rather  narrowly  rounded  and  bear- 
ing 10-12  serrations,  those  at  center  moderately  large  and  sharp, 
decreasing  to  obscurity  laterally;  summit  at  middle,  poorly  de- 
veloped; posterior  area  subshining,  rather  finely  punctured,  rim  of 
each  puncture  subgranulate  on  side  opposite  summit.  Vestiture 
short,  inconspicuous,  semirecumbent. 

Elytra  1.8  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and  sub- 
parallel  on  basal  three-fourths,  rather  broadly  rounded  behind; 
striae  not  impressed,  in  irregular  rows,  the  punctures  moderately 
large  and  deep,  distinct,  smaller  toward  declivity;  interstriae  about 
two  and  one-half  times  as  wide  as  striae,  the  surface  with  minute 
points  and  with  moderately  abundant  irregular  lines,  the  punctures 
almost  equal  in  size  and  abundance  to  those  of  striae  on  anterior 
half,  smaller  and  less  abundant  posteriorly.  Declivity  gradual,  rather 
broadly  sulcate;  striae  one  and  two  obsolete,  three  minutely  punc- 
tured; sutural    interspace  sharply,  moderately  raised  and  bearing  a 

1.  Contribution  no.  181,  Department  of  Zoology  and  Entomology,  Brigham  Young  University, 
Provo,  Utah.  Scolytoidea  contribution  no.  26. 

59 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

60  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

row  of  rather  closely  placed,  minute,  pointed  granules,  two  more 
than  twice  as  wide  as  one,  flat,  smooth,  shining,  three  gradually 
raised  and  bearing  a  row  of  granules,  the  granules  slightly  larger 
than  those  of  interspace  one.  Ninth  interspace  elevated.  Subglabrous. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  convex  above,  trans- 
versely impressed  below,  with  a  low  median  carina  from  upper  level 
of  eyes  to  epistomal  margin,  the  vestiture  inconspicuous;  pronotal 
asperities  a  little  larger;  strial  and  interstrial  punctures  a  little 
smaller. 

Type  Locality. —  Beaver  Creek,  Logan  Canyon,  Utah. 

Type  Material —  The  female  holotype.  male  allotype,  and  56 
para  types  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  14,  1947,  from 
small  branches  of  Pinus  flexilis,  by  S.  L.  Wood. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  most  of  the  paratypes  are  in  my  col- 
lection; other  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  the  U.  S.  National 
Museum. 

Pityophthorus  borrichiae,  n.  sp. 

This  representative  of  Blackman's  group  II  is  more  nearly  allied 
to  natalis  Blackman  than  to  other  known  species,  but  is  not  closely 
related.  From  all  other  North  American  representatives  of  group  II 
it  differs  by  the  convex,  glabrous  frons  of  the  female,  by  the  more 
slender  body  form,  and  by  the  reticulate  posterior  area  of  the  pro- 
notum. 

Female. —  Length  1.2  mm.  (paratypes  1.0-1.3),  2.8  times  as  long 
as  wide;  body  color  very  dark  brown. 

Frons  convex,  very  feebly,  transversely  impressed  above  epis- 
toma,  surface  minutely  strigose  above,  almost  smooth  below,  with 
rather  sparse,  coarse,  deep  punctures  over  entire  surface.  Vestiture 
very  short,  sparse  and  inconspicuous  except  along  epistoma.  Eye 
emarginate;  finely  granulate.  Antennal  club  small,  the  sutures 
straight  and  inconspicuous. 

Pronotum  1.2  times  as  long  as  wide,  widest  at  base;  sides  very 
weakly  arcuate,  very  slightly  converging  anteriorly,  rather  broadly 
rounded  in  front;  asperities  fused  to  form  two  continuous  concentric 
ridges  in  addition  to  the  marginal  row  and  one  or  two  indefinite 
rows  at  summit;  summit  rather  indefinite,  in  front  of  middle;  pos- 
terior area  finely  reticulate,  the  punctures  moderately  large,  very 
deep,  sharp,  not  close.  Glabrous,  except  at  margins. 

Elytra  1.7  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
on  basal  two-thirds,  very  broadly  rounded  behind;  striae  not  im- 
pressed, in  definite  rows,  the  punctures  rather  large,  deep,  distinct; 
interstriae  slightly  wider  than  striae,  impunctate,  shining  but 
marked  by  minute  points  and  surface  lines.  Declivity  steep,  flat- 
tened; strial  punctures  not  reduced,  interspace  two  flat,  impressed; 
interspaces  one  and  three  as  wide  as  two,  rather  strongly  raised  and 
each  bearing  a  row  of  rather  large,  rounded  granules.  Vestiture  con- 
fined to  sides  and  declivity;  those  on  interspaces  one  and  three 
short  and  stout,  absent  on  two. 


June  11,  1964         new  species  of  pityophthorus  61 

-Male. —  Similar  in  all  respects  to  female;  distinguished  only  by 
segmentation  of  abdomen. 

Fype  Locality. —  Key  Largo,  Florida. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype,  and 
28  paratypes  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  25,  1951, 
from  stems  of  Borrichia  arbor escens  by  S.  L.  Wood.  Two  other  para- 
types were  taken  at  the  same  locality  and  date  from  B.  frutescens. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection, 
other  paratypes  are  in  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow  Entomological 
Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  atomus,  n.  sp. 

This  minute  species  is  rather  closely  allied  to  natalis  Blackman 
(group  II),  but  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  absence  of  minute 
points  between  punctures  on  the  posterior  areas  of  the  thorax,  by 
the  smaller  strial  punctures,  by  the  more  narrowly  rounded  apex  of 
the  declivity,  and  by  the  very  small  size. 

Female. —  Length  0.9  mm.  (paratypes  0.85-1.25),  2.7  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  dark  reddish  brown. 

Frons  flat  on  a  rather  small  semicircular  area  from  well  above 
upper  level  of  eyes  to  epistomal  margin;  surface  shining,  minutely, 
rather  closely,  finely  punctured;  vestiture  consisting  of  fine  moder- 
ately abundant,  rather  short  hairs  of  equal  length.  Eye  emarginate; 
finely  granulate.  Antennal  club  small,  oval,  almost  devoid  of  setae 
except  at  margins,  the  sutures  straight. 

Pronotum  1.04  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  on  basal  half  almost 
straight  and  subparallel,  rather  broadly  rounded  in  front;  anterior 
margin  armed  by  about  a  dozen  small  teeth;  asperities  arranged  in 
two  concentric  rows  with  about  two  more  partial,  irregular  rows  at 
summit;  summit  at  middle,  feebly  impressed  behind;  posterior  areas 
smooth  with  a  few  obscure  points  eviaent,  shining,  punctures  small, 
rather  sparse,  deep,  becoming  minute  laterally;  a  sharp,  narrow 
median  ridge  extending  from  summit  about  three-fourths  of  distance 
to  posterior  margin. 

Elytra  1.8  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and  sub- 
parallel  on  basal  three-fourths,  subacuminate  behind;  strial  punc- 
tures in  rows,  the  punctures  small,  rather  deep;  interstriae  as  wide 
as  striae,  almost  smooth,  with  very  minute  points  evident,  impunc- 
tate.  Declivity  steep,  bisulcate;  strial  punctures  clearly  evident  but 
reduced  somewhat  in  size;  sutural  interspaces  moderately  elevated 
and  bearing  a  row  of  rather  large  rounded  granules,  interspace  two 
not  wider  than  one,  impressed,  flat,  almost  smooth;  interspace  three 
elevated,  as  high  as  one,  bearing  a  row  of  about  six  rather  large 
granules.  Vestiture  confined  to  declivity,  moderately  long,  rather 
stout. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  feebly  convex,  more 
coarsely   punctured,  vestiture   sparse;   declivital  bristles  very  stout. 

Type  Locality. —  Vera  Cruz,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico, 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

62  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  11 
para  types  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  30.  1953,  from 
a  common  small  shrubby  plant  that  was  growing  on  sand  dunes  near 
the  southwestern  limits  of  the  city. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  para  types  are  in  my  collection; 
other  paratypes  are  in  the  collection  of  the  Francis  Huntington 
Snow  museum. 

Pityophthorus  pusillus,  n.  sp. 

This  species  is  closely  allied  to  atomus,  but  is  distinguished  by 
the  deeper,  wider  declivital  sulcus,  by  the  shorter,  less  conspicuous 
vestiture  of  the  female  frons,  and  by  the  more  coarsely  punctured 
frons  and  more  conspicuous  transverse  carina  on  the  frons  of  the 
male. 

Female. —  Length  1.1  mm.  (paratypes  0.9  to  1.2),  2.9  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  very  dark  reddish  brown. 

Frons  flattened  on  a  rather  small  semicircular  area  from  well 
above  upper  level  of  eyes  to  epistomal  margin;  surface  shining, 
finely,  closely  punctured;  vestiture  consisting  of  sparse,  fine  uni- 
formly distributed  rather  short  setae  of  equal  length.  Eye  emargi- 
nate;  finely  granulate.  Antennal  club  as  in  atomus. 

Pronotum  1.06  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  on  basal  half  almost 
straight  and  subparallel.  rather  broadly  rounded  in  front;  anterior 
margin  armed  by  about  a  dozen  small  teeth;  asperities  arranged  in 
two  concentric  rows  with  about  two  more  partial,  irregular  rows  at 
summit;  summit  at  middle,  feebly  impressed  behind;  posterior  areas 
smooth,  shining,  with  a  few  obscure  points  evident,  punctures  small, 
rather  sparse,  deep,  becoming  minute  laterally;  a  sharp,  narrow, 
median  ridge  extending  from  summit  about  three-fourths  of  the  dis- 
tance to  posterior  margin. 

Elytra  1.9  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and  sub- 
parallel  on  basal  three-fourths,  subacuminate  behind;  strial  punc- 
tures in  rows,  the  punctures  small,  rather  deep;  interstriae  as  wide 
as  striae,  almost  smooth,  with  very  minute  points  evident,  impunc- 
tate.  Declivity  steep,  bisulcate;  strial  punctures  clearly  evident  but 
reduced  in  size;  sutural  interspaces  moderately  elevated  and  bearing 
a  row  of  rather  large  rounded  granules;  interspace  two  much  wider 
than  one  or  three,  strongly  impressed,  smooth;  interspace  three  ele- 
vated, as  high  as  one  bearing  a  row  of  about  six  rather  large  gran- 
ules. Vestiture  confined  to  declivity,  moderately  long,  rather  stout. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  convex,  transversely  im- 
pressed, with  a  moderately  developed  transverse  carina  at  upper 
level  of  eyes;  declivital  bristles  very  stout. 

Type  Locality. —  Nine  miles  south  of  Zimapan.  Hidalgo, 
Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  18 
paratypes  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  23,  1953.  at  an 
elevation  of  6100  feet,  from  branches  of  an  unknown  roadside  shrub, 
bv  S.  L.  Wood. 


June  11,  1964        new  species  of  pityophthorus  63 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection. 
Other  paratypes  are  in  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow  Museum  and 
in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  paulus,  n.  sp. 

The  female  of  this  species  has  the  frons  convex  and  devoid  of 
special  vestiture,  as  in  regularis  Blackman,  but  the  declivity  is  much 
steeper  and  more  strongly  bisculate  than  in  regularis. 

Female. —  Length  1.4  mm.  (paratypes  1.2-1.4),  2.9  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  dark  reddish  brown. 

Frons  convex,  median  line  indistinctly  raised  from  vertex  to 
epistoma;  surface  reticulate,  becoming  minutely  rugose  above,  more 
nearly  smooth  below,  the  punctures  coarse,  moderately  close  below; 
vestiture  short  scanty,  hairlike,  similar  to  that  of  male.  Eye  emargi- 
nate;  finely  granulate.  Sutures  of  antennal  club  straight,  scarcely 
visible  on  middle  third. 

Pronotum  about  1.1  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight 
and  subparallel  on  basal  half,  rather  broadly  rounded  in  front; 
anterior  margin  armed  by  a  row  of  about  a  dozen,  small,  indistinct 
basally  fused  teeth;  asperities  fused  to  form  three  conscentric  rows, 
a  partial  fourth  row  at  summit;  summit  at  middle,  without  trans- 
verse impression;  posterior  areas  reticulate,  indistinctly  so  behind 
summit,  the  punctures  coarse,  deep,  moderately  close,  with  median 
line  impunctate.  Glabrous. 

Elytra  1.7  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
on  basal  two-thirds,  very  broadly  rounded  behind  (almost  straight 
on  median  half) ;  striae  not  impressed,  the  punctures  in  rows,  small, 
deep;  interstriae  almost  smooth,  a  few  points  and  lines  evident,  as 
wide  as  striae,  impunctate.  Declivity  very  steep,  shallowly  bisulcate; 
sutural  interspaces  rather  wide,  abruptly  raised,  bearing  a  row  of 
about  seven  large  granules;  interspace  two  not  wider  than  one,  nar- 
rower above,  flat  below,  evidently  smooth;  interspace  three  elevated, 
as  high  as  one,  and  armed  by  a  row  of  granules  similar  to  those  on 
one;  striae  one  and  two  punctured  throughout,  one  narrowly  im- 
pressed at  upper  margin  of  declivity.  Vestiture  largely  confined  to 
sides  and  declivity,  long,  except  blunt  on  declivital  interspaces  one 
and  three,,  shorter  on  one. 

Male. —  Similar  to  the  female  except  frons  very  slightly,  trans- 
versely impressed  between  upper  level  of  eyes  and  epistoma;  teeth 
on  anterior  margin  of  pronotum  slightly  larger;  and  lateral  eleva- 
tions of  declivity  a  little  higher. 

Type  Locality. —  Twenty-four  miles  northeast  of  Jacala,  Hi- 
dalgo, Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  18 
paratypes  were  taken  at  the  type  locality  on  June  22,  1953,  at  an 
elevation  of  4800  feet,  from  small  branches  of  a  roadside  shrub 
(about  four  feet  in  height) . 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection; 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

64  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

other  paratypes  are  in  collections  of  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow 
Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  nanus,  n.  sp. 

The  declivity  of  this  species  is  more  nearly  like  that  of  concen- 
tralis  Eichhoff  than  to  other  group  II  species  known  to  me,  although 
it  is  not  closely  related.  The  simple  declivital  sculpture  and  the 
frontal  characters  distinguish  it  from  other  species. 

Female. —  Length  1.5  mm.  (paratypes  1.2-1.5),  3.0  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  reddish  brown. 

Frons  flattened  on  a  semicircular  area;  very  closely,  rather 
coarsely,  uniformly  punctured;  vestiture  abundant,  of  uniform 
length,  long,  the  longest  setae  about  equal  to  length  to  antennal 
club.  Eye  and  antenna  as  in  allied  species. 

Pronotum  1.2  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and 
subparallel  on  basal  half,  rather  narrowly  rounded  in  front;  anterior 
margin  armed  by  a  row  of  about  twelve  basally  fused  teeth;  as- 
perities fused  to  form  four  concentric  rows,  partial  fifth  and  sixth 
rows  are  evident  at  summit;  summit  in  front  of  middle,  weakly  im- 
pressed behind  summit;  posterior  areas  moderately  shining,  with 
some  minute  points,  the  punctures  small,  deep,  less  numerous  along 
median  line.  Glabrous. 

Elytra  2.0  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
on  almost  basal  three-fourths,  rather  narrowly  rounded  behind; 
sutural  striae  feebly  impressed,  more  strongly  behind,  the  punctures 
moderately  large,  close;  interstriae  as  wide  as  striae,  smooth  with  a 
few  obscure,  minute  points,  impunctate.  Declivity  moderately  steep, 
shallowly  bisulcate,  somewhat  opalescent;  strial  punctures  greatly 
reduced,  but  clearly  evident;  sutural  interspace  rather  wide,  abrupt- 
ly, moderately  elevated,  smooth,  unarmed;  interspace  two  wider 
than  one  or  three,  almost  flat,  smooth;  interspace  three  very  grad- 
ually raised,  slightly  higher  than  one,  unarmed,  but  with  a  few  fine 
setiferous  punctures.  Vestiture  confined  to  sides  and  declivity;  very 
fine,  rather  short. 

Male. —  Similar  to  the  female  except  frons  convex  above  upper 
level  of  eyes,  transversely  impressed  below,  the  impression  formed 
abruptly  at  upper  level  of  eyes,  transversely  impressed  below,  the 
impression  formed  abruptly  at  upper  level  of  eyes  creating  an  al- 
most carina-like  callus;  and  teeth  on  anterior  margin  of  pronotum 
slightly  larger. 

Type  Locality. —  Totalapan,  Oaxaca,  Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype,  and 
seven  paratypes  were  taken  at  the  type  locality  on  July  7,  1953,  at 
an  elevation  of  3300  feet,  from  a  broken  branch  of  an  unknown  tree. 

The  holotype,  allotype,  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection; 
other  paratypes  are  in  collections  of  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow 
Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 


June  11,  1964         new  species  of  pityophthorus  65 

Pityophthorus  dotus^  n.  sp. 

Ihis  species  is  more  closely  allied  to  monophyllae  Blackman  than 
to  other  known  species,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  coarse  pronotal 
and  elytral  punctures,  by  the  distinct  declivital  punctures,  by  the 
impressed  female  frons,  and  by  the  longer,  lower  frontal  carina  of 
the  male. 

Female.^ —  Length  1.3  mm.  (paratypes  1.2-1.4),  2.8  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  very  dark  brown. 

Frons  flattened  from  eye  to  eye,  gradually,  transversely  im- 
pressed above  epistoma;  surface  rather  sparsely  punctured,  the 
punctures  distinctly  larger  than  in  monophyllae;  vestiture  as  in 
monophyllae. 

Pronotum  very  slightly  longer  than  wide;  similar  to  but  more 
broadly  rounded  in  front  than  in  monophyllae;  anterior  margin 
bearing  four  serrations,  the  median  pair  rather  widely  set  but  with 
their  bases  almost  touching;  posterior  area  subshining,  with  minute 
points,  the  punctures  rather  large,  deep,  close;  vestiture  evident 
only  at  sides. 

Elytra  1.8  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and  sub- 
parallel  on  basal  two-thirds,  rather  narrowly  rounded  behind;  striae 
not  impressed,  the  punctures  small,  in  irregular  rows;  interstriae 
almost  smooth,  subshining,  with  a  few  scattered  punctures  equal  in 
size  to  those  of  striae.  Declivity  moderately  steep,  convex;  first 
striae  strongly  impressed,  the  punctures  only  shghtly  smaller  than 
on  disc,  other  striae  not  impressed  but  the  punctures  strongly  re- 
duced; sutural  interspace  abruptly,  slightly  elevated,  unarmed,  two 
and  three  smooth,  three  with  minute  punctures.  Vestiture  consisting 
of  minute  strial  and  interstrial  hairs,  sometimes  longer  at  sides. 

M.ALE. —  Similar  to  the  female  except  frons  weakly  convex,  with 
a  fine,  low  median  carina  on  lower  half;  punctures  of  pronotum  and 
elytra  smaller;  punctures  on  declivity  greatly  reduced,  scarcely 
visible. 

Type  Locality. —  McCloud,  Siskiyou  County,  California. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  24 
paratypes  were  taken  at  the  type  locality  on  June  14,  1961,  from 
twigs  of  Pinus  ponderosa,  by  S.  L.  Wood,  D.  E.  Bright,  and  J.  B. 
Karren. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  most  of  the  paratypes  are  in  my  col- 
lection; other  paratypes  are  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  limatus,  n.  sp. 

This  species  is  rather  closely  allied  to  watsoni  Schedl,  but  is 
readily  distinguished  by  the  much  smaller  pronotal  and  elytral 
punctures,  by  the  more  broadly  rounded  apex  of  the  elytra,  and  by 
the  very  different  frontal  vestiture  of  the  female. 

Female. —  Length  1.8  mm.  (paratypes  1.4-2.1),  3.0  times  as 
long  as  wide;  body  color  reddish  brown  to  brown. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

66  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Frons  flattened  on  a  subcircular  area  from  vertex  to  epistoma, 
densely,  finely  punctured;  vestiture  erect,  dense,  of  uniform  length, 
each  hair  scarcely  longer  than  a  distance  equal  to  one-half  width  of 
upper  part  of  eye.  Eye  and  antenna  as  in  allied  species. 

Pronotum  1.1  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and 
subparallel  on  posterior  half,  rather  broadly  rounded  in  front;  an- 
terior margin  armed  by  twelve  moderately  large,  pointed  serrations; 
summit  at  middle,  moderately  impressed  behind  summit;  posterior 
area  smooth,  subshining,  with  numerous  very  minute  points,  punc- 
tures small,  deep,  not  close.  Glabrous,  except  at  margin. 

Elytra  1.9  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
on  basal  three-fourths,  rather  narrowly  rounded  behind;  sutural 
striae  feebly  impressed  on  posterior  half;  strial  punctures  in  slightly 
irregular  rows,  small,  shallow;  interspaces  subshining,  with  abund- 
ant, minute,  indistinct  points,  punctures  absent.  Declivity  moder- 
ately steep,  bisulcate;  all  punctures  obsolete;  sutural  interspace  ra- 
ther abruptly  elevated,  somewhat  inflated  on  lower  fourth,  armed 
by  a  row  of  small  tubercles;  sulcus  rather  wide,  very  smooth,  shin- 
ing; lateral  margins  moderately  elevated  and  bearing  a  row  of 
about  six  small  tubercles. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  convex,  with  a  broad 
somewhat  indefinite  transverse  carina  just  above  upper  level  of  eyes, 
finely  punctured  below,  rather  coarsely  punctured  above. 

Type  Locality. —  Sanford  Canyon,  Dixie  National  Forest,  Utah, 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  24 
para  types  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  22,  1960,  from 
branches  of  Picea  pungens,  by  S.  L.  Wood.  Ten  additional  paratypes 
were  taken  at  Parowan  Canyon,  Utah,  on  June  20,  1960,  from  the 
same  host  and  collector.  Four  paratypes  are  from  McKee  Draw, 
Ashley  National  Forest,  Utah,  taken  June  22,  1960,  from  the  same 
host  and  collector. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  most  of  the  paratypes  are  in  my  col- 
lection; other  paratypes  are  in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  elatinus,  n.  sp. 

This  unique  species  belongs  to  Blackman's  group  V,  but  it  repre- 
sents a  subgroup  previously  unknown  to  me.  The  small  antennal 
club  and  absence  of  interstrial  punctures  resemble  those  of  species 
in  group  VII,  but  the  male  carina  and  the  declivity  indicate  a  closer 
relationship  to  group  V. 

Female. —  Length  2.1  (paratypes  2.0-2.2),  2.9  times  as  long  as 
wide;  body  color  very  dark  brown,  the  elytra  lighter  in  color. 

Frons  flattened  from  eye  to  eye,  from  epistoma  to  well  above 
eyes;  surface  smooth  with  sparse  very  fine  punctures;  vestiture 
short  and  sparse  in  central  area,  long  and  abundant  at  margins,  the 
long  setae  equal  in  length  or  slightly  exceed  diameter  of  flattened 
area.  Eye  emarginate;  finely  granulate.  Antennal  club  1.2  times  as 


June  11,  1964         new  species  of  pityophthorus  Q7 

long  as  wide,  segments  two  and  three  equal  in  width;  first  suture 
straight,  second  weakly  arcuate. 

Pronotum  1.03  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and 
subparallel  on  basal  half,  moderately  constricted  behind  the  broadly 
rounded  anterior  margin;  anterior  margin  armed  by  about  a  dozen 
low  serrations;  summit  at  middle,  rather  strongly  impressed  behind 
summit;  posterior  and  lateral  areas  irregular,  evidently  granulose- 
reticulate  with  minute  points  intermixed,  most  punctures  replaced 
by  small,  rounded  isolated  granules  behind  summit,  finely  and  ir- 
regularly punctured  in  lateral  areas.  Vestiture  short,  inconspicuous 
except  at  sides. 

Elytra  1.8  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
on  basal  two-thirds,  tapered  posteriorly,  then  broadly  rounded  be- 
hind; sutural  striae  weakly  impressed,  others  not  impressed,  the 
punctures  in  definite  rows,  small,  close,  shallow;  interstriae  about 
twice  as  wide  as  striae,  smooth,  impunctate  except  at  margin  of 
declivity.  Declivity  steep,  narrowly  sulcate;  punctures  of  first  and 
second  striae  obsolete;  sutural  interspaces  abruptly,  moderately  ele- 
vated, more  strongly  below,  armed  by  about  ten  minute  granules 
(some  may  take  the  form  of  punctures);  interspace  two  broad,  im- 
pressed, smooth;  interspace  three  strongly  elevated  on  upper  half, 
higher  than  one,  forming  a  small  hump  about  middle  of  declivity 
causing  the  sulcus  to  be  narrow  above,  wider  below,  some  punctures 
on  elevated  portion  minutely  indefinitely  granulate.  Elytra  glab- 
rous except  at  sides. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  convex,  rather  finely 
punctured,  with  a  fine,  low,  acute  median  carina  on  lower  half;  an- 
tennal  club  narrower,  1.3  times  as  long  as  wide;  declivital  margins 
much  more  strongly  elevated,  unarmed,  the  sutural  interspace  bear- 
ing a  row  of  moderately  long,  stout  semirecumbent  setae  that  extend 
laterally  from  their  bases;  interspace  three  bearing  a  row  of  short 
stout  setae  on  upper  third  of  declivity. 

Type  Locality. —  Twenty-five  miles  west  Ciudad  Hidalgo, 
Michoacan,  Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  five 
paratypes  were  taken  on  July  16,  1953,  at  an  elevation  of  8900  feet, 
from  transverse  galleries  in  branches  of  an  Abies  species,  by  S.  L. 
Wood. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection; 
other  paratypes  are  in  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow  Museum  and 
in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  abiegnus,  n.  sp. 

Evidently  this  species  is  more  closely  allied  to  immanis  Black- 
man  than  to  other  known  species,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  smaller 
size,  by  the  less  numerous  interstrial  granules  on  the  disc,  and  by 
the  more  regularly  spaced  sutural  granules  on  the  declivity. 

Female. —  Length  2.2  mm.  (paratypes  2.1-2.4),  2.6  times  as 
long   as   wide;    body   color   very   dark   brown. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

68  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Frons  planoconvex  over  a  broad  area,  finely,  rather  closely 
punctured;  vestiture  fine,  long  uniformly  distributed,  setae  at  pe- 
riphery only  slightly  longer  than  at  center.  Eye  finely  granulate; 
emarginate.  Antennal  club  small,  widest  through  second  segment, 
about  1.2  times  as  long  as  wide. 

Pronotum  equal  in  length  and  width,  widest  at  base,  the  sides 
feebly  arcuate  and  converging  slightly  toward  the  broadly  rounded 
anterior  margin,  a  definite  lateral  constriction  just  behind  anterior 
margin;  anterior  margin  armed  by  about  twelve  low  serrations; 
summit  at  middle,  moderately  impressed  behind  summit;  posterior 
and  lateral  areas  subshining,  the  surface  smooth  with  very  abund- 
ant minute  points,  the  punctures  rather  large,  close,  deep,  impunc- 
tate  along  median  line.  Vestiture  sparse,  minute,  inconspicuous. 

Elytra  1.7  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparellel 
on  basal  two-thirds,  then  slightly  tapered,  and  finally  broadly  round- 
ed behind;  surface  subshining,  minutely,  indefinitely  reticulate; 
sutural  striae  weakly  impressed,  others  not  at  all,  the  punctures  in 
rows,  rather  small,  distinct,  reduced  in  size  on  anterior  one-fourth; 
interstriae  as  wide  as  striae,  each  with  about  two  or  three  punctures 
irregularly  placed.  Declivity  steep,  bisulcate;  punctures  of  striae 
one  and  two  obsolete;  sutural  interspace  abruptly,  moderately  ele- 
vated and  bearing  about  ten  wddely  spaced,  minute  granules;  inter- 
space two  wider  than  one  or  three,  impressed,  almost  smooth;  in- 
terspace three  moderately  elevated,  much  higher  than  one,  and  bear- 
ing a  row  of  about  six  widely  spaced,  coarse  teeth.  Vestiture  hair- 
like, largely  confined  to  sides. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  convex,  with  a  well  de- 
veloped transverse  carina  at  upper  level  of  eyes,  a  median  carina 
also  indicated;  the  surface  coarsely  punctured;  pronotal  and  declivi- 
tal  armature  more  coarsely  developed,  wdth  a  partial  double  row  of 
tubercles  near  base  of  declivity  on  interspace  three;  a  row  of  very 
short,  stout  setae  on  upper  half  of  third  declivital  interspace. 

Type  Locality. —  Four  miles  west  of  Rio  Frio,  Mexico,  Mexico. 

Type  Material. — The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  10 
para  types  were  taken  at  the  type  locality  on  July  14,  1953,  at  an 
elevation  of  9800  feet,  from  branches  of  an  Abies  species,  by  S.  L. 
Wood. 

The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in 
my  collection,  other  paratypes  are  in  collections  of  the  Francis 
Huntington  Snow  Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophtkorus  cristatus,  n.  sp. 

This  odd  species  probably  should  be  placed  in  Blackman's  group 
VII,  but  it  is  not  at  all  closely  related  to  any  known  species.  The 
sexes  are  almost  indistinguishable,  both  have  the  declivity  oblique 
and  excavated  with  the  lateral  margins  acutely  elevated  from  the 
top  of  interspace  two,  around  the  elytral  apex,  to  the  opposite  inter- 
space two. 


June  11,  1964        new  species  of  pityophthorus  69 

Female. —  Length  1.6  mm.  (para types  1.5-1.9),  2.6  times  as  long 
as  wide;  body  color  dark  reddish  brown. 

Frons  convex,  somewhat  flattened,  surface  coarsely  punctured 
above  and  at  sides,  somewhat  more  finely  punctured  below  on 
median  half;  vestiture  inconspicuous,  consisting  of  a  few  scattered 
hairs  of  medium  length.  Eye  emarginate;  finely  granulate.  Antennal 
club  widest  through  second  segment,  sutures  one  and  two  weakly 
procurved. 

Pronotum  1.05  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  almost  straight  and 
subparallel  on  basal  half,  wealcly  constricted  one-third  from  the 
broadly  rounded  anterior  margin;  asperities  confused,  summit  at 
middle,  transverse  impression  behind  summit  rather  well  developed; 
anterior  margin  armed  by  a  row  of  about  ten  low  teeth  (somewhat 
irregular  in  size) ;  posterior  areas  subshining.  reticulate,  the  punc- 
tures deep,  close,  rather  coarse.  Vestiture  confined  to  marginal  areas. 

Elytra  1.7  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel  on 
basal  two-thirds  then  converging  very  slightly  to  declivital  margin, 
very  broadly  rounded  behind  (median  portion  almost  straight); 
strial  and  interstrial  punctures  confused,  the  punctures  moderately 
large  and  deep;  surface  subshining,  indistinctly  reticulate.  Declivity 
oblique,  excavated;  an  acutely,  very  strongly  elevated  subserrulate 
margin  extending  above  from  second  interspace  to  apex,  the  area 
encompassed  roughly  obovate;  the  broad  excavated  area  with  strial 
punctures  indistinct  but  evident,  in  rows,  sutural  interstriae  moder- 
ately elevated  and  bearing  a  row  of  close,  rounded  granules.  Vesti- 
ture on  sides  and  particularly  on  declivital  margin  moderately  long 
and  abundant;   minute  in  declivital  excavation. 

Male. —  Similar  to  female  except  frons  very  slightly  more  evi- 
dent. 

Type  Locality. —  Nine  miles  north  of  Perote,  Vera  Cruz, 
Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  female  holotype,  male  allotype  and  four 
para  types  were  taken  at  the  type  locality  on  June  28,  1953,  at  an 
elevation  of  7200  feet  from  branches  of  Pinus,  by  S.  L.  Wood;  two 
para  types  were  collected  19  miles  east  of  Tulancingo,  Hidalgo, 
Mexico,  on  June  24,  1953.  from  the  same  host  and  collector;  and 
six  paratypes  were  taken  at  Las  Vigas,  Vera  Cruz,  Mexico,  on  June 
5,  1962,  from  Pinus,  by  R.  Coronado. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  some  paratypes  are  in  my  collection; 
other  paratypes  are  in  collections  of  the  Francis  Huntington  Snow 
Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Pityophthorus  hylocuroides,  n.  sp. 

This  species  is  allied  to  virilis  Blackman  (group  VII)  but  differs 
by  the  steeper,  flattened,  almost  Hylocurus-Yiike  declivity  of  the 
male,  by  the  less  deeply  sulcate  elytra  of  the  female,  and  by  the 
presence  of  pointed  granules  on  the  sutural  interspace  of  the  declivi- 
ty (rarely  one  or  two  granules  on  lower  third  in  virilis). 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

70  STEPHEN  L.  WOOD  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

Male. —  Length  1.4  mm.  (para types  1.1-1.5),  2.7  times  as  long 
as  wide;  body  color  dark  reddish  brown. 

Frons  convex  above  upper  level  of  eyes,  abruptly  impressed  and 
longitudinally  concave  below;  surface  smooth  and  shining  with 
rather  large,  close,  deep  punctures;  vestiture  inconspicuous,  sparse. 
Eye  and  antenna  as  in  virilis. 

Pronotum  equal  in  length  and  width;  sides  almost  straight  and 
subparallel  on  basal  half,  broadly  rounded  in  front;  asperities  ar- 
ranged in  three  concentric  rows  between  anterior  margin  and  sum- 
mit, about  two  indefinite  partial  rows  at  summit;  anterior  margin 
armed  by  about  ten  indefinite  low  teeth;  transverse  impression  be- 
hind summit  very  poorly  developed;  posterior  areas  shining,  with 
abundant  minute  points,  the  punctures  rather  coarse,  deep,  moder- 
ately close.  Vestiture  confined  to  marginal  areas. 

Elytra  1.8  times  as  long  as  wide;  sides  straight  and  subparallel 
to  base  of  subtruncate  declivity,  broadly  obtuse  behind;  striae  not 
impressed,  the  punctures  rather  small,  deep;  interstriae  about  as 
wide  as  striae,  shining,  smooth  except  for  a  few  minute  lines  and 
largely  obliterated  minute  points,  impunctate.  Declivity,  except  be- 
tween sutural  striae,  abrupt,  very  steep,  almost  subtruncate;  second 
and  third  striae  evident  on  upper  half  only,  their  punctures  grad- 
ually decreasing  in  size;  sutural  interspace  moderately,  uniformly 
elevated  to  apex  and  bearing  about  eight  small  pointed  tubercles; 
interspace  two  impressed,  widened,  impunctate,  shining,  elevated 
laterally;  interspace  three  rather  narrowly,  moderately  elevated 
from  upper  margin  to  middle  of  declivity  and  bearing  four  to  six 
rather  large,  pointed  tubercles;  apical  and  lateral  margins  abruptly 
elevated  forming  three-fourths  of  a  circle,  terminated  above  the 
third  interspaces.  Vestiture  sparse,  inconspicuous. 

Female. —  Similar  to  male  except  frons  flattened  from  epistoma 
to  well  above  eyes  and  finely  closely  punctured,  bearing  uniformly 
distributed  rather  long  hair  of  equal  length  (as  in  virilis);  declivity 
not  as  abrupt,  the  apical  and  lateral  margins  not  elevated. 

Type  Locality. —  Eleven  miles  northeast  of  Jacala,  Hidalgo, 
Mexico. 

Type  Material. —  The  male  holotype,  female  allotype  and  12 
para  types  were  collected  at  the  type  locality  on  June  22.  1953,  at 
an  elevation  of  5100  feet,  from  branches  of  Rhus  trilobata  (or  a 
very  closely  related  species),  by  S.  L.  Wood. 

The  holotype,  allotype  and  part  of  the  paratypes  are  in  my  col- 
lection; other  paratypes  are  in  collections  of  the  Francis  Huntington 
Snow  Museum  and  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 


MITES  FROM  MAMMALS  AT  THE  NEVADA  TEST  SIIE^ 

Dorald  M.  Allied  and  Morris  A  Goates 

•  During  ecological  studies  at  the  nuclear  test  site  north  of  Mercury. 
Nye  County,  Nevada  (Allred,  Beck  and  Jorgensen.  1963),  mites 
were  recovered  from  many  vertebrates.  Data  on  some  collections 
were  published  bv  Allred  (1962,  1962a,  1964),  Allred  and  Beck 
(1962),  Goates  (1963),  and  Allred  and  Goates  (1964).  Additional 
collections  represent  eleven  new  mite-host  associations,  ten  new  dis- 
tribution records  for  the  test  site  and  apparently  for  Nevada,  and  an 
unusual  record  of  erythraeid  mites  of  the  genus  CaecuUsoma  crawl- 
ing on  bats.  These  larvae  are  normally  parasitic  on  arthropods. 
Although  other  arthropods  were  not  found  on  the  bats  in  our  study, 
dipterous  or  other  parasites  may  have  left  the  hosts  before  we  ex- 
amined them. 

We  are  grateful  to  James  M.  Brennan  and  Conrad  E.  Yunker, 
Rocky  Mountain  Laboratory,  and  Frank  J.  Radovsky,  Hooper  Foun- 
dation, for  identification  and  verification  of  some  of  our  mites.  Some 
mites  not  reported  here  represent  several  undescribed  L^pecies.  These 
are  being  studied  by  these  men  who  likely  will  describe  them  in 
subsequent  publications. 

Literature  Cited 

Allred,    D.    M.      1962.     Mites    on    squirrels    at    the    Nevada    atomic    test    site.    J. 

Parasitol.  48:817. 
Allred,   D.   M.      1962a.     Mites   on   grasshopper  mice   at   the   Nevada   atomic  test 

site.  Great  Basin  Nat.  22:101-104. 
Allred,   D.    M.     1964.     Mites   from  pocket  mice  at  the  Nevada   Test  Site.   Proc. 

Entomol.  Soc.  Wash.  65(3):231-233. 
Allred,  D.  M.  and  D  E.  Beck.     1962.     Ecological  distribution  of  mites  on  lizards 

at  the  Nevada  atomic  test  site.  Herpetologica  18:47-51. 
Allred,   D.   M.   and  M.  A  Goates.     1964.     Mites  from  wood  rats  at  the  Nevada 

Test  Site.  J.  Parasitol.  50(1):  171. 
Allred,  D.  M.,  D  E.  Beck,  and  C.  D.  Jorgensen.     1963.       Biotic  communities  of 

the  Nevada  Test  Site.  Brigham  Young  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.,  Biol.  Ser.  2(2):  1-52. 
Goates,   M.   A.     1963.     Mites  on  kangaroo  rats   at  the  Nevada   atomic   test   site. 

Brigham  Young  Univ.  Sci.  Bull.,  Biol.  Ser.  3(4):  1-12. 

1.  This  study  was  supported  (in  part)  by  Contract  AT(  11 -1)786  between  the  U.  S.  Atomic 
Energy  Commission  and  Brigham  Young  University. 


71 


72 


ALLRED  AND  GOATES 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 


+-> 

+J 
i/i 

0) 

H 

03 

03 
> 

iz; 

J5 


< 


PI 

^ 

.2 

4^ 

0) 

u 

■M 

^ 

03 

Q 

'o 

U 

o 


CO 
CO 


O    ^    < 


S     3 


o 


CO 


> 

o 

:z; 


O    tfS     en 
^    ^    S 


d     ^     J« 

^  <  ^ 


S 

^ 

2 

to 

3 

to 

3 

3 

•Kl 

■Ki 

1-^ 

'  («*i 

'r^ 

K 

C 

<i) 

^ 

c 

C 

•S 

C 

•  F^ 

*  >**( 

2 

s 

*  r^j 

*  >*^ 

52 

fi 

Is. 

!^ 

iv 

!>, 

i< 

Is. 

C! 

s 

w 

«J 

«J 

>j 

;j 

O 

o 

<^ 

<0 

<0 

<<i 

<0 

to 

s 

to 

to 

3 

3 

3 

S 

2 

S 

3 

a 

O 

o 

^ 

^ 

O 

o 

10 

O 

O 

!^ 

<< 

to 

^ 

<< 

<o 

to 

to 

to 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

S 

S 

E 

s 

S 

S 

B 

s 

s 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

0 

O 

O 

o 

i^ 

;>. 

k 

k 

1^ 

>^ 

Is. 

k 

k 

^ 

<^ 

^ 

<^ 

^ 

^ 

1^ 

1^ 

<:o 

a. 

Q. 

a. 

Cl. 

Q. 

a. 

Oh 

CI, 

CI, 

2 

to 
3 

S 

s 

•—J 

_Cj 

■Kj 

^■**J 

^ 
a 

k 

Is. 

3 

'k 

S 

e 

S 

■So 

<o 

to 

to 

to 

to 

to 

a 

^ 

3 

2 

3 

3 

2 

CJ 

O 

O 

tj 

«J 

(J 

to 

O 

o 

<o 

to 

to 

to 

to 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

s 

^ 

H 

S 

H 

•s 

o 

O 

0 

o 

0 

0 

s:. 

;< 

!^ 

1^ 

!v 

i< 

^ 

-^ 

5a 

t:^ 

^ 

^ 

<i> 

a, 

h. 

G, 

cx. 

Qs 

a. 

Qs 

Of 

^-^ 

CO 

'^ 

^ 

^ 

OO 

CO 

CH 

C» 

0 

5 

^ 

Of 

o 

Of 

Of 

^   in 

Of 

a- 

fl 
a 

irH 

■«— 1 

O^ 

to 

o^ 

T-H    ro 

•^H 

-H        ^ 

T— 1 

1 

to 

Is. 

to 

2 

2 

'55 

'2 

.is. 

.to 

~s> 

■Kl 

1 

C 

^ 

^ 

-^ 

0 

1 

to 
C5. 

-5: 

to 

•K) 

« 

« 

is 

2 

C/j 

0-) 

2 

to 

">» 

-<; 

-^ 

to 

1 

<i5 

1 

2 

I 

X 

X 

X 

« 

H 
« 

a 

c 

-«; 

< 

<: 

(50 

1 

■Kl 

s 

^ 
^ 

5 

g 

1 

0 
S 

0 

^ 

Is. 

~Ci 

~C) 

sQ 

S^ 

SJ 

c 

^ 

2 

2 

2 

k2 

s2 

^ 

CQ 

Q 

tq 

ttj 

ttj 

^ 

^ 

Of 
2^     Of      Of     QQ      Of      Of 

CSl     CM     T-H     00 


>^    2 

2     isj 


'^  .2 

O  a 

X  ^ 

W  'S.J 

.to  s^ 


June  11,  1964 


MITES  FROM   MAMMALS 


73 


CO      —> 


>    >    >   Xi    S^    a.   h 
2   Z   Z   fe   <   c^   < 


-I 
CO   Z 


tic    to:    tic 

3     3     3 
<    <    < 


2 

C  Co 


o 

s 

o 


"^ 
c 
^ 


^      3 
Q.     O 

CI.    O 


3       3 


s  s 

o    o 

is.  )^ 


a,  a,  CO 


3 

!^ 

3 

a. 


o 

3 
C4J 


03 


~      S    -3 


O 

a. 


3 

1 


p     «a 


o 


CO     ^ 


CC 

CO 

CO      (0 

CO 

' — '      CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO      CO 

CO 

0    0 

t-^    '~~' 

0 

'~^ 

1— 1 

'~'    '—' 

'  ' 

^  ^ 

t^     05 

oq 

CSl     00 

oq 

1— I 

T— ( 

^ 

T— 1 

oq   xn 

■<— 1 

to 

3 

!3 

0 

p 

0 

to 
3 

0 

:§ 
S 

3 

<o 

3 

3 

3 

!>v 

0 

1^ 

"^ 

s 

Q 

X 

^ 

0? 

> 

3 

'c^ 

3 
53 

•  2 

0 
•2 

•  2 

3 

.3 

"3! 

3 

1 

«o 

w 

Q 
5 

^ 

•  1^ 

to 

to 

PH 

«. 

3 

s 

1 

1 

1 

§ 

1 

3 

3 

Cfl 

3 
3 

•  2 

<^ 

PS 

0 

tiC 

tJC 

tUD 

tJC 

t!JC) 

3- 

(3 

3 

X 

0 

.^ 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

<j 

_0 

0 

3 

b 

'^ 

:0 

:0 

:0 

■0 

•2 

3 

8 
i 

-5 

0 

« 

3 

3 

0 

-« 
^ 

<: 

^ 

~3 

to 

1 

3 
0 

0 

^ 

Q 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

■^ 

~a 

k 

^ 

Co 

% 

D 

tt] 

CtJ 

ttj 

tij 

t^ 

0 

0 

C<D 

^ 

♦ 

0 

♦ 

♦ 

♦ 

♦ 

♦ 

ECTOPARASITES   OF  MAMMALS  FROM  OREGON 

Charles  G.  Hansen^ 

Ectoparasites  from  451  small  mammals  were  collected  while 
making  an  ecological  study  in  the  Steen's  Mountains  area  in  Harney 
County.  Oregon.  The  mammals  were  captured  in  snap-traps,  and  in- 
dividuals of  the  same  species  were  placed  in  plastic  bags  and  etherized 
to  kill  their  ectoparasites.  The  bags  and  carcasses  were  then  examined 
for  invertebrates.  Ectoparasites  were  placed  in  small  vials  containing 
70  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  and  labeled  as  to  place,  date,  collector,  ana 
host.  The  mammals  and  number  examined  are  listed  below. 

Sorex  preblei  Jackson,  1 

Sorex  vagrans  monticola  Merriam,  8 

Sorex  palustris  navigator  (Baird),  6 

Myotis  iucifugus  carissima  Thomas,  2 

Myotis  volans  interior  Miller,  3 

Lasionycteris  noctivagans  (Le  Conte),  1 

Antrozous  pallidus  cantwelli  Bailey,  12 

Mustela  jrenata  nevadensis  Hall,  2 

Citellus  beldingi  crebrus  Hall,  3 

Citellus  leucurus  leucurus  (Merriam),  3 

Citellus  lateralis  trepidus  (Taylor),  3 

Eutamias  minimus  scrutator  Hall  and  Hatfield,  1 

Eutamias  {amoenus  and/or  minimus),  23 

Thomomys  talpoides  quadratus  Merriam,  3 

Perognathus  parvus  parvus  (Peale),  6 

Dipodomys  ordii  columbianus  (Merriam),  24 

Dipodomys  microps  preblei  (Goldman),  1 

Onychomys  leucogaster  fuscogriseus  Anthony,  1 1 

Peromyscus  maniculatus  sonoriensis  (Le  Conte),  211 

Neotoma  lepida  nevadensis  Taylor,  5 

Neotoma  cinerea  alticola  Hooper,  4 

Plicrotus  montanus  montanus  (Peale),  53 

Microtus  longicaudus  mordax  (Merriam),  46 

Lagurus  curtatus  pauperrimus  (Cooper),  11 

Zapus  princeps  major  Preble,  6 

Ochotona  princeps  taylori  Grinnell,  1 

Sylvilagus  nuttalli  nuttalli  (Bachman),  1 

Assistance  was  given  by  P.  W.  Oman,  and  identification  of  the 
parasites  was  made  by  C.  F.  W.  Muesebeck,  E.  W.  Baker,  A.  Rud- 

1.     Desert  Game  Range.  Las  N'egas,  Nevada. 

75 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
76  CHARLES  G.   HANSEN  Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 

nick,  and  A.  Stone  of  the  Insect  Identification  and  Parasite  Introduc- 
tion Section  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agricuhure;  and  by 
F.  C.  Bishopp  and  R.  I.  Sailer  of  the  Oscar  Johnston  Cotton  Founda- 
tion at  Brownsville,  Texas.  Mounted  and  unmounted  specimens  of 
the  parasites  are  housed  in  the  United  States  National  Museum  and 
the  Oregon  State  University  entomological  museum. 

Identification  of  the  hosts  was  made  by  the  author  in  the  field  at 
the  time  of  collection.  Consequently,  separation  of  the  two  species  of 
Eutamias  was  not  attempted  where  their  ranges  overlapped,  and 
these  are  referred  to  in  the  tables  as  Eutamias  sp. 

I  am  indebted  to*  Drs.  D  Elden  Beck  and  Dorald  M.  Allred, 
Zoology  and  Entomology  Department  of  Brigham  Young  University 
whose  encouragement  and  assistance  aided  greatly  in  the  preparation 
of  the  manuscript. 

Tables  1  to  5  present  the  species  and  numbers  of  individuals  of 
each  parasite  and  their  host  relationships.  When  only  the  genus, 
family  or  order  are  given,  the  parasite  represented  an  undetermined 
species,  or  a  specialist  was  not  available  to  make  specific  identifica- 
tions of  that  particular  organism. 

Discussion 

Analysis  of  the  tables  reveals  several  interesting  host-parasite 
relationships.  Mice  of  Microtus  montanus  possessed  the  greatest  num- 
ber of  species  of  mites  of  any  mammal  studied.  These  mice  also  were 
next  in  frequency  to  deer  mice,  Peromyscus  maniculatus,  with  ref- 
erence to  the  numbers  of  species  of  fleas  they  possessed.  Although 
more  hosts  of  these  two  species  were  examined  than  other  mammals, 
sufficient  numbers  of  some  of  the  others  were  taken  to  be  indicative 
of  their  parasite  fauna. 

Most  parasites  were  not  widely  distributed  in  relationship  to 
host  species,  and  when  found  on  more  than  one  or  two  hosts  usually 
were  found  only  in  small  numbers.  A  few,  however,  were  widely 
distributed  and  in  some  abundance.  These  were  the  mites  Haemoga- 
masus  ambulans  and  Haemolaelaps  glasgowi,  tick  Dermacentor  an- 
dersoni,  and  fleas  Catallagia  decipiens,  Megabothris  abantis,  Meringis 
hubbardi,  and  Monopsyllus  wagneri. 


June  11,  1964  ectoparasites  prom  Oregon  n 

Table  1 .    Host  relationships  and  numbers  of  mites  from  mammals 
of  Harney  County,  Oregon. 


to 


Mite 


Balaustium  sp.  1 

Bdella  sp.  1 

Dermacarus  sp.  1 

Erythres  sp.  1 

Eubrachylaelaps 

crowei  1  1 

Eulaelaps 

stabularis  3  1 

Haemogamasus 

ambulans  2         3    3  27         3  2    6    1 

Haemogamasus 

liponyssoides  1     1 

Haemogamasus 

mandschuricus  1 

Haemogajnasus 

pontiger  4 

Haemolaelaps 

(prob.)  casalis  1  11 

Haem.olaelaps 

glasgowi  19       10  24  4  1113    1     1     1 

Hirstionyssus 

arcuatus  1 

Hirstionyssus 

isabellinus  11  1 

Hirstionyssus 

obsoletus  1 

Hirstionyssus  sp.  11  4         1 

Ischoronyssus  sp.  1  1 

Laelaps  alaskensis  13  1 

Laelaps  pachypus  3  21 

Leptus  sp.  1 

MacrocheJes  sp.  1  11  12 

Parasitus  sp.  12  1  1 


78 


Poecilochirus  sp. 
Pygmephorus  sp. 
Resinacarus  sp. 
Spinturnix 

(prob.)  americanus 
Spinturnix  sp. 
Phytoseiidae  sp. 
Trombiculidae  sp. 
Unknown 


CHARLES  G.   HANSEN 

Table  1  continued. 


1 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 


Table  2.    Host  relationships  and  numbers  of  ticks  from  mammals 
of  Harney  County,  Oregon. 


.«o 

•f*4 

1 

?3 

« 

^ 

o. 

'^ 

•"^ 

c 

t^ 

53 

.<2 

2 

■Kl 

)^ 

1^ 
O 

S 

s 

(J 

•'?' 

X 

tic 

s: 

-^ 

c 

H 

15. 

?3 

<3 

« 

(/) 

'So 

B 
§ 

g 

CO 

Host 

Q 

:5: 

i«>n' 

*~h" 

Citellus  lateralis 

16 

Eutamias  sp. 

11 

Microtus  longicaudus 

10 

M.  montanus 

30 

Neotoma  cinerea 

5 

14 

N.  lepida 

1 

Onychomys  leucogaster 

1 

Perognathus  parvus 

8 

Peromyscus  maniculatus 

51 

4 

Sorex  palustris 

1 

S.  va grans 

6 

Sylvilagus  nuttallii 

4 

22 

June  11,  1964 


ECTOPARASITES  FROM  OREGON 


79 


Table  3.    Host  relationships  and  numbers  of  lice  from  mammals 
of  Harney  County,  Oregon. 


o 


Louse 


V5         (/J 

"^    I 


-TS 

a 

3 

hr 

tUD 

<0 

?^ 

1^ 

^< 

N-, 

O 

?: 

G 

«3 

n 

to 

'-^ 

;^< 

C 

O 

<o 

i^ 

s 

■?? 

•  h^ 

X 

1 


^  ^  ;^  ^' 


V5 

r^ 

^^ 

3 

i^j 

~« 

'  f^ 

!< 

c 

o 

ri 

w. 

s 

o 

s 

^ 

^ 
X 

^ 

s 

tic 

^ 

H 

o 

"Si 

o 

^ 

Qs 

a. 

CO 

i-i 

Anoplura 

Fahrenholzia  pinnata 

Hoplopleura  acanthopus 

H.  arboricola 

H.   (prob.)  erratica 

H.  hesperomydis 

N eohaematopinus  inornatus 

N.  pacificus 

Polyplax  (prob.)  abscinssa 

P.  auricularis 

P.  spinulosa 
Mallophaga 

Geomydoecus  thomomys 

Strigiphilus  ceblehrachys 


52  37     1 


37 


11     2 


35 


43     3 


1 


Table  4.    Host  relationships  and  numbers  of  bedbugs  and  biting 
flies  from  mammals  of  Harney  County,  Oregon. 


Parasite 


3 


?3 

o. 

H 
I/) 

<o 

2 

O 

O 

ffi 

O 

c 

^ 


a 
"Si) 

to 
3 

O 


3 
3 


S, 


Hemiptera 

Cimex  piloselh 
Diptera 

Basilia  forcipata 

B.  antrozoii 

Simulium  aureum 

9 

1 

9 

1 
2 

80 


CHARLES  G.   HANSEN 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  No.  2 


o 
be 


o 
C 

!-( 
03 

ffi 

O 

iz) 

I— ( 
CO 


CO 
(A 

§ 


K 

VO 
0) 

l—H 

CD 


sddouud  snd.D2, 

sapiodjD}  sXuiouioiij^ 

suvu^va  'g 

idjqdud  'g 

sijjsnjvd  xauog 

snjvjnjiuviu  snDsXiuou3fj 

snauvd  snyjDuSoudfj 

udlsnSoond]  sXiuoifoXuQ 

sdajuud  vuojoi{DQ 

v-pidd]  -yV 

VdUdUp  VlU0f03f\J 

snuvjuoiu  ■p\i 

snpnvjiSuoj  sniouDij/\[ 

snivuTiD  snunSrrj 

•ds  -^ 

sniuiuiiu  sviiuviw^ 

npuo   Q 

sdoujiiu  sXiuopodiQ 

iSuippq  snjidnj 
xsopj 


00        ■<-( 


C<1 


X 


O 


<3 


§^ 


a. 
o 


vn 


o 


o 

§- 
o 

:3: 


o 
(J 


to 


<o 


Csl 


to 


3 
•S 
tj 


June  111  964  ectoparasites  from  Oregon 


81 


CSI 


00 


t^ 

PO 

T— 1 

CO 

^ 

■rH 

T— 1 

•^ 

^ 

00 

CSI 

•»— I 

O) 


Ol      00 


CSI      CSI 


n3 

C 
•43 

O 

Q 

xn 

CO 

H 


CSI     oq     ro 


XT) 


^ 
-'J- 


CO 


00 


a^    csj 


PO 


(O 


CSI 


00 


xo 


C 
« 
^ 

a 


"S    -2 


3 


C3 


3- 

o 


to 

o 
o 


tJX3 


i^:^^:^^:^:^^^ 


O 


3 


•h-         -r^  1^ 


s. 
o 


o 

'S. 

o 


o 

o 


c 
^ 

^ 
« 

TS 


o 

O 


"■^      o 


o 
X 


o 

CI- 


t5C 


« 

k 

-« 

K 


I 


Great  Basin 


mmmm 


.  COMP.  ZOOL 
L!f?RARY 


AUG  1  8  1966 

Volume  XXIV  December  31,  1964  Nos.  3-4 


JNIVERSITY 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Some  Ethiopian  Lacebugs    (Hemiptera:   Tingidae).  Carl  J. 
Drake  and  Bob  G.  Hill.  Illustrated  83 

Kangaroo  Rat  Burrows  at  the  Nevada  Test  Site.  Arthur  0. 
Anderson  and  Dorald  M.  Allred.  Illustrated  93 

The    Recent     Naturalization    of     Siberian     Elm     (Ulmm 
Pumila  L.)  in  Utah.  Earl  M.  Christensen  103 

On  Some  New  Spedes  of  Nycteribiidae  (Diptera:  Pupipara). 
0.  Theodor   and  B.   V.   Peterson.   Illustrated  107 

Undescribed   Species   of   Nearctic   TipiJidae    (Diptera).   V. 
Qiarles  P.  Alexander 11$ 

Index  121 


Published  by 


f 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


A  journal  published  from  one  to  four  times  a  year  by  Brig- 
ham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

Manuscripts:  Only  original  impublished  manuscripts,  pertain- 
ing to  the  Great  Basin  and  tiie  Western  United  States  in  the  main, 
will  be  accepted.  Manuscripts  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
editor. 

Illustrations:  All  illustrations  should  be  made  with  a  view  to 
having  then  appear  within  the  limits  of  the  printed  page.  The  ill- 
ustrations that  form  a  part  of  an  article  should  accompany  the 
manuscript.  All  half-tones  or  zinc  etchings  to  appear  in  this  jour- 
nal are  to  be  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  editor,  and  the  cost 
of  the  cuts  is  to  be  borne  by  the  contributor. 

Reprints:  No  reprints  are  furnished  free  of  charge.  A  price 
list  for  reprints  and  an  order  form  is  sent  with  the  proof. 

Subscriptions:  The  annual  subscription  is  $2.50,  (outside  the 
United  States  $3.25).  Single  number,  80  cents. 

All  correspondence  dealing  with  manuscripts,  subscriptions, 
reprints  and  other  business  matters  should  be  addressed  to  the  Editor, 
Vasco  M.  Tanner,  Great  Basin  Naturalist,  Brigham  Young  Univer- 
sity, Provo,  Utah. 

Reprints  Schedule  op  The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 


Each 
Additional 

2  pp. 

4  pp. 

6  pp. 

8  pp.    10  pp.  12  pp. 

2  pp. 

50  copies 

$6.00 

$7.00 

$8.00 

$9.00  $10.00  $11.00 

$2.00 

100  copies 

7.00 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00     11.00     12.00 

200  copies 

8.00 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00     12.00     13.00 

300  copies 

9.00 

10.00 

11.00 

12.00     13.00     14.00 

Covers:  $10.00  for  first  100  copies,  $4.00  for  additional  100  copies. 


AUG  1  8  n% 

UNIVERSITY 

The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Published  at  Provo,  Utah  by 
Brigham  Young  University 

Volume  XXIV  Dec.  31,  1964  Nos.  3-4 


SOME    ETHIOPIAN    LACEBUGS    (HEMIPTERA:    TINCJDAE) 

Carl  J.  Drake'  and  Bob  G.  Hill= 

The  present  paper  deals  with  a  small  lot  of  miscellaneous  1  ingi- 
dae  collected  in  Ethiopia  during  the  years  1963-64  by  the  junior 
author.  This  collection  comprises  15  species  segregated  into  12 
genera,  including  1  new  genus  and  species  and  4  undescribed 
species  in  other  genera.  Each  species,  as  it  was  picked  from  the 
leaves  of  its  host  plant,  was  placed  in  a  separate  vial  containing  80 
percent  alcohol.  An  effort  was  also  made  to  pick  nymphs  as  well  as 
adults  from  the  same  leaves.  Thus  each  vial  contains  numerous 
nymphal  and  imaginal  morphs  of  one  species.  The  last  two  im- 
mature stages  provide  good  diagnostic  characters. 

One  of  the  field  notes  is  of  unusual  biological  interest.  On  the 
road  to  Addis  Ababa  from  Dire  Dawa,  August  30,  1963,  numerous 
specimens  of  a  new  species,  Haedus  cirratus  (fig.  2)  were  collected 
on  a  single  host  plant  of  Grewia  mollis.  To  obtain  more  specimens 
of  this  undescribed  species,  another  trip  was  made.  February  19, 
1964,  to  the  same  individual  plant.  On  the  latter  trip,  besides  a  long 
series  of  H.  cirratus,  several  specimens  of  a  new  genus  and  species, 
Afrotingis  eiimenes  (fig.  3),  were  taken  on  this  particular  plant. 
The  illustrations  depict  the  marked  differences  in  structure  and 
habitus  of  species  found  breeding  on  a  single  individual  plant. 

The  host  plants  were  identified  by  Dr.  William  Berger,  plant 
taxonomist,  Haile  Sellassie  I  University;  all  plant  names  are  listed 
in  accordance  with  "A  glossary  of  Ethiopian  plant  names"  (Dublin 
Univ.  Press,  Ltd.,  1963).  The  fine  drawings  of  the  lacebugs  were 
executed  by  Mrs.  Richard  C.  Froeschner,  Arlington,  Virginia.  In 
the  descriptions,  80  microunits  are  equivalent  to  1  millimeter.  The 
holotypes  and  allotypes  of  the  new  species  are  in  the  Drake  Collection 
(USNM)  and  para  types  are  in  the  Ilaile  Sellassie  I  University  and 
collections  of  the  authors.  For  generic  and  specific  references,  see 
the  Catalog  of  the  Lacebugs  of  the  World  (Drake  and  Ruhoff  1964). 

1.  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.   C. 

2.  Haile  Sellassie  I  University,  Dire  Dawa,  Ethiopia. 

83 


84 


DRAKE  AND   HILL 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 


Tho    collection    comprises    the    species    listed    below,    including 

records  of  breeding  hosts: 

Plcrochila  aiistralis  (Distant)   (fig.  1) 

Alemaya,  Aug.  8,  and  Sept.  3,  1963  and  Feb.  19,  1964,  nymphs 
and  adults,  on  olive  tree,  Olea  africana.  This  species  is  a  pest  of 
cultivated  olive.  Olea  europaea,  and  is  widely  distributed  in 
Africa  and  islands  in  the  Indian  Ocean. 


Plerochila  australis  (Distant) 


Dec.  SI,  1964  ethopian  lacebugs  85 

Compscuta  latipennis  llorv^ith 

Collected  46  kilometers  southeast  of  Harar  on  the  road  to  Jigiga, 
May  25,  1963,  alt.   1550  ni.,  hreeding  on  Cordia  oralis. 

Compseuta  ornatella  teres  Drake 

Jimma,  July  25,  1963,  on  Premna  sp.  The  varieties  of  ornatella 
(Stal)  show  differences  in  the  dimensions  of  the  lateral  carinae. 

Elasmotropis  testacea  (Herrich-Schaeffer) 

Alemaya,  Dec.  17,  1963,  on  Echinops  spinosus  L.  Several  varie- 
ties of  this  species  have  been  described. 

Horvathula  uniseriata  (Horvath) 

Alemaya,  Aug.  26,  1963,  on  Cordia  ajricana  Lam.  The  members 
of  the  plant  genus  Cordia  serve  as  breeding  hosts  for  species  be- 
longing to  several  genera  of  lacebugs  in  both  the  Old  and  New 
Worlds. 

Urentius  hystricellus  (Richter) 

Alemaya.  March  31,  1963;  Dire  Dawa,  Aug.  13,  1961,  breeding 
on  Solarium  incannum  and  Solarium  melongena  (eggplant,  a  com- 
mon host).  U.  aegyptiacus  Bergevin  of  Egypt  is  a  synonym  of  it. 
This  very  spiny  lacebug  is  also  recorded  from  Kenya,  Senegal,  Ni- 
geria, Sudan,  Uganda,  Egypt,  Southern  Rhodesia,  Ceylon,  and 
India. 

Urentius  euonymus  Distant 

Dire  Dawa,  Aug.  29,  1963,  on  Hibiscus  aponeurus  S.  &  H.  Known 
also  from  Algeria,  Egypt,  Sudan,  Ceylon,  India,  Israel,  Syria,  and 
Turkey.  Several  synonyms  are  recorded  in  the  literature. 

Eteoneus  congolensis  Schouteden 

Alemaya,  Aug.  26,  1963,  on  Nuxia  congesta  R.  Br. 

Cysteochila  tombeuri  Schouteden 

Alemaya,  Sept.  3,  1963,  on  Cissus  sp. 

Naochila  kivuensis  (Schouteden) 

South  face  of  Gara  Mullata  Mts.,  50  km.  west  of  Harar.  alt.  1100 
meters;  on  Acanthus  eminens  C.  B.  Clarke. 

Naochila  engys,  n.  sp. 

Small,  oblong,  testaceous  with  head,  pronotum,  paranotum,  and 
the  tumid  elevation  of  each  elytron  plus  many  veinlets  blackish 
fuscous.  Body  beneath  brown  to  blackish  fuscous.  Antennae  testa- 
ceous. Legs  testaceous  with  a  fairly  wide  fuscous  band  near  the 
middle  of  each  hind  femur,  all  tarsi  dark  fuscous.  Length  cf  and  ? 
1.90  mm.;  width  (elytra)  0.85  mm. 

Head  very  short,  armed  with  five  testaceous  spines;  frontal 
spines  moderately  long,  porrect;  hind  pair  much  longer,  stouter, 
appressed,  extenaing  forward  almost  to  fore  margins  of  eyes;  buc- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
86  DRAKE  AND   HILL  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

culae  wide,  closed  in  front,  finely  areolate.  Rostrum  testaceous  with 
dark  tip,  extending  slightly  beyond  sternum;  sternal  laminae  low, 
areolate,  usually  deep  black.  Ostiole  and  ostiolar  canal  not  visible. 
Antenna  long,  very  slender,  indistinctly  pubescent,  fourth  segment 
sparsely  hairy  and  slightly  swollen.  Measurements:  segment  I,  6; 
II,  5;  111,42;  IV,  14. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex,  coarsely  punctate,  tricarinate; 
median  carina  long,  elevated  anteriorly  on  pronotal  disc,  uniseriate, 
the  areolae  fairly  large;  lateral  carinae  long,  less  raised  than  median, 
concealed  on  each  side  of  pronotal  disc  by  reflexed  paranotum, 
slightly  divergent  posteriorly;  paranotum  large,  reflexed,  inflated, 
space  between  outer  margin  of  each  paranotum  and  median  carina 
about  the  width  of  an  areola;  each  paranotum  with  two  prominent, 
longitudinal  ridges,  the  outer  ridge  less  prominent  and  near  humeral 
angle,  each  ridge  formed  by  longitudinally  elevated  areolae.  Legs 
long,  slender,  inconspicuously  pubescent.  Ostiole  and  ostiolar  canal 
not  visible. 

Elytra  slightly  wider  and  longer  than  abdomen;  sutural  areas 
overlapping  each  other  with  apices  resting  jointly  rounded  in  repose; 
hypocostal  lamina  narrow,  uniseriate;  costal  area  composed  of  one 
row  of  moderately  large,  hyaline  areolae,  the  crossveins  thick  and 
blackish  fuscous;  subcostal  area  two  areolae  deep  in  front  of  out- 
ward projection  of  discoidal  area  and  then  three  or  four  cells  deep 
behind  it;  discoidal  area  approximately  reaching  middle  of  elytron, 
tapering  anteriorly,  almost  triangular  in  outline,  elevated,  and  wide- 
ly truncate  at  apex,  almost  four  or  five  areolae  deep,  convexly 
f)rojecting  outward  in  apical  third  into  subcostal  area;  sutural  area 
arge.  Hind  pair  of  wings  slightly  longer  than  abdomen,  smoky, 
functional. 

HoLOTYPE  cf  and  allotype  9  ,  both  macropterous,  on  Cordia 
ovalis,  about  42  km.  west  of  Dire  Dawa,  on  road  to  Addis  Ababa, 
altitude  1,100  m.,  Dec.  22,  1963.  Paratypes:  10  specimens,  collected 
with  type;  10  specimens,  Alemaya,  Ethiopia,  on  Ehretia  cymosa, 
April  6,  1964,  Bob  G.  Hill;  12  specimens.  North  Transvaal,  South 
Africa,  on  Ehretia  rigida,  Dec.  16,  1964,  J.  Paliatseas. 

Separated  from  A^.  kivuensis  Schouteden  by  its  much  smaller 
size,  narrower  form,  and  longitudinally  ridged  paranota;  femora 
may  or  may  not  be  banded  with  blackish  fuscous,  sometimes  only 
one  or  two  pairs  banded.  In  N .  kivuensis,  the  paranota  are  inflated 
but  not  ridged  and  the  outer  margins  meet  on  the  median  line  of 
pronotal  disc  above  the  median  carina. 

Dictyla  litotes,  n.  sp. 

Small,  oblong,  slightly  brownish  testaceous  with  pronotal  disc, 
narrow,  basal  margin  of  each  paranotum  plus  adjacent  part  of  pro- 
pleuron,  all  coxae,  and  fourth  segments  of  each  antenna  blackish 
fuscous.  Cephalic  spines  testaceous.  Length  2.52  mm.,  width  (elytra) 
0.93  mm. 


Dec.  31,  1964  ethopian  lacebugs  87 

Head  very  short,  not  much  produced  in  front  of  eyes,  armed  with 
five  testaceous  spines,  the  three  frontal  spines  porrect  and  hind  pair 
appressed;  rostrum  extending  to  end  of  mesosternum;  sternal  laminae 
01  rostral  sulcus  testaceous,  uniseriate,  slightly  divergent  posteriorly 
on  mesosternum,  widely  separated  and  cordate  on  metasternum, 
closed  behind;  bucculae  areolate,  ends  meeting  in  front.  Metapleural 
orifice  and  ostiolar  canal  not  visible.  Antennae  rather  short,  slender, 
segment  III  sparsely  beset  with  short,  setal  hairs,  measurements: 
segment  I,  6;  II,  5;  III,  42;  IV,  14. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex,  punctate,  completely  covered  on 
each  side  of  pronotal  disc  by  reflexed  paranotum;  lateral  carinae 
visible  only  on  backward,  triangular  projection  of  hind  margin  of 
pronotum;  all  carinae  low,  non-areolate,  the  lateral  pair  divergent 
posteriorly  behind  pronotal  disc;  paranota  large,  completely  reflexed, 
flat,  resting  spread  out  on  pronotal  disc,  each  with  its  outer  margin 
coming  in  contact  with  median  carina;  hood  very  small,  composed 
of  four  or  five  areolae  on  each  side.  Legs  rather  short;  femora  little 
swollen,  indistinctly  pubescent. 

Elytra  not  much  wider  or  longer  than  abdomen,  with  apices 
jointly  rounded  in  repose;  costal  area  narrow,  uniseriate;  subcostal 
area  mostly  biseriate,  the  areolae  subequal  in  size  to  those  in  costal 
area;  discoidal  area  tapering  anteriorly,  extending  backwards  scarce- 
ly beyond  middle  of  elytra,  widest  slightly  in  front  of  apex,  there 
widely  acutely  angulate;  sutural  area  large,  on  same  horizontal 
level  as  discoidal  area.  Boundry  veins  of  discoidal  area  and  vein 
separating  costal  and  subcostal  areas  brownish  or  fuscous.  Hind 
wings  clear,  functional. 

HoLOTYPE  <S  and  allotype  ?  ,  both  macropterous,  Dire  Dawa, 
Ethiopia,  Nov.  13,  1963,  Edson  J.  Hambleton.  Paratypes:  2  speci- 
mens, collected  with  type. 

This  species  is  similar  in  size,  form,  and  outward  appearance  to 
D.  abyssinica  (Drake)  but  readily  separated  from  the  latter  by  hav- 
ing shorter  third  antennal  segment  (18:27),  shorter  rostrum  (15:11), 
and  smaller  areolae  in  elytra.  The  median  carina  of  pronotum  is 
uncovered  for  its  entire  length  and  both  propleura  are  entirely 
black.  We  are  indebted  to  Mr.  R.  J.  Izzard  for  the  comparison  with 
the  holotype  of  D.  abyssinica  in  the  British  Museum. 

Dictyla  poecilla,  n.  sp. 

Moderately  large,  grayish  testaceous  with  some  scattered  spots  on 
veinlets  of  paranota  and  elytra  brownish  to  dark  fuscous;  head  black 
with  spines  testaceous;  bucculae  testaceous,  areolate,  anterior  ends 
meeting  in  front  of  labium.  Antennae  testaceous,  pubescence  sparse 
and  inconspicuous.  Legs  testaceous  with  basal  half  of  femora  slightly 
embrowned.  Rostrum  brown,  extending  scarcely  beyond  meso- 
sternum; sulcal  laminae  wide,  testaceous,  diverging  backwards  on 
mesosternum,  widely  separated  and  cordate  on  metasternum,  closed 
behind.  Pronotal  disc  reddish  brown,  covered  by  reflexed  paranotum 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
88  DRAKE  AND  HILL  Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 

on  each  side.  Length  3.52  mm.;  width  (widest  part  of  elytra)  1.30 
mm. 

Head  very  short,  dorsal  spines  stout,  basal  pair  appressed,  other 
three  porrect.  Antenna  slender,  inconspicuously  pubescent,  measure- 
ments: segment  I,  9;  II,  7;  III,  50;  IV,  20.  Antennal  tubercles  large, 
flat,  plate-like,  areolate.  Ostiole  and  ostiolar  canal  not  visible  on 
either  metapleuron. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex,  coarsely  punctate,  tricarinate; 
median  carina  percurrent,  indistinctly  areolate  on  pronotal  disc; 
lateral  carinae  visible  behind  pronotal  disc,  covered  on  each  side  of 
median  carina  by  the  large,  completely  reflexed,  flat,  paranotum; 
lateral  carinae  visible  and  divergent  on  triangular  process,  concealed 
under  outer  vein  of  each  paranotum,  extending  forward  beyond 
middle  of  pronotal  disc,  there  slightly  convergent  but  not  coming  in 
contact  with  median  carina;  both  sides  of  median  carina  and  inner 
side  of  each  lateral  carina  thickly-set  with  straight,  pale,  outwardly 
pointed,  setal-like,  bristly  hairs.  Legs  moderately  long,  femora  slight- 
ly swollen. 

Elytra  slowly  roundly  narrowed  behind  middle  to  apex,  slightly 
overlapping  each  other  within,  apices  jointly  rounded;  hypocostal 
lamina  umseriate;  costal  area  narrow,  mostly  uniseriate,  biseriate 
(5  or  6  areolae)  opposite  apex  of  discoidal  area,  areolae  separated 
from  one  another  by  thick,  dark,  transverse  veinlets;  subcostal  area 
wider,  mostly  three  areolae  deep;  discoidal  area  large,  wide  at  apex, 
anterior  half  narrow  and  tapering  to  a  point  at  base,  posterior  part 
much  wider,  with  outer  boundary  vein  extending  concavely  into 
subcostal  area,  widest  at  base,  there  obtusely  angulate;  sutural  area 
large,  flat.  Hind  wings  clear,  functional. 

HoLOTYPE  cT  and  allotype  ?  ,  both  macropterous.  Dire  Dawa, 
Ethiopia,  on  Cordia  rothii.  Paratypes:  18  specimens,  taken  at  the 
same  time  as  type. 

Separated  from  D.  abyssinica  (Drake)  and  D.  litotes,  n.  sp.,  by 
its  wider,  elyptical  form,  partly  biseriate  costal  area  opposite  apex 
of  discoidal  area,  and  apical  two-fifths  of  outer  boundary  vein  of 
latter  area  extending  deeply  concavely  into  subcostal  area. 

Haedus  cirratus,  n.  sp. 
Figure  2 

Small,  slender,  blackish  fuscous  with  paranota,  costal  areas  of 
elytra,  cephalic  spines,  bucculae,  and  hairy  vestiture  of  dorsal 
surface  whitish  testaceous.  Appendages  testaceous.  Body  beneath 
blackish  fuscous  with  pale  vestiture.  Length  2.30  mm.,  width 
(elytra)  0.65  mm. 

Head  very  short,  armed  with  five  long  dorsal  spines,  the  median 
spine  erect,  others  porrect;  bucculae  closed  in  front,  areolate.  Ros- 
trum pale,  extending  to  base  of  mesostemum  in  repose;  sternal 
laminae  of  rostral  sulcus  brownish  testaceous,  uniseriate,  closed  be- 


Dec.  31,  1964 


ETHOPIAN   LACEBUGS 


89 


Fig.  2.     Haedus  cirratus,  n.sp. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
90  DRAKE  AND   HILL  Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 

hind.  Antenna  long,  slender,  moderately  clothed  with  pale,  seial 
hairs,  those  on  third  segment  recumbent,  measurements:  segment  I, 
8;  II,  6;  III,  50;  IV,  22.  Hairs  on  head,  cephalic  spines,  paranota, 
and  elytra  fine,  fairly  abundant;  those  on  outer  margins  of  para- 
nota and  elytra  longer,  numerous,  and  closely-set  with  apices  curled. 

Pronotum  moderately  convex,  punctate,  clothed  with  numerous, 
reclining  hairs,  tricarinate;  all  carinae  raised,  lateral  pair  parallel, 
each  composed  of  one  row  of  quadrate  areolae;  paranota  uniseriate, 
each  composed  of  a  single  row  of  quadrate  areolae  larger  than  those 
in  carinae;  collar  small,  feebly  raised  at  middle.  Ostiole  and  ostiolar 
sulcus  not  visible  on  either  metapleuron.  Legs  long,  slender,  sparsely 
clothed  with  pale  setose  hairs,  those  on  tibiae  slightly  longer  and 
pointed  outward. 

Elytra  not  much  wider  than  abdomen,  extending  backwards  be- 
yond apex  of  abdomen,  distinctly  hollowed  on  outer  margins,  widest 
near  apices,  without  discoidal  turgescences;  costal  area  composed  of 
one  row  of  clear,  moderately  large,  quadrate  areolae;  subcostal  area 
narrower  than  costal  area,  nearly  vertical,  also  composed  of  one  row 
of  quadrate  areolae;  discoidal  area  elongate,  extending  backwards 
slightly  beyond  middle  of  elytron,  narrowed  at  each  end;  sutural 
areas  large,  slightly  overlapping  each  other  in  repose. 

HoLOTYPE  <S  and  allotype  9  ,  both  macropterous,  on  Grewia 
mollis  A.  Juss.,  Aug.  31,  1963.  60  km.  west  of  Dire  Dawa,  on  road 
to  Addis  Ababa,  at.  ca.  1100  m.  Paratypes:  50  specimens,  taken 
on  same  plant  with  type.  The  holotype  is  illustrated. 

The  smaller  size,  downward  curved  tips  of  hairy  clothing,  and 
widely  expanded  apices  of  elytra  separate  this  species  from  other 
members  of  the  genus  in  Africa  possessing  uniseriate  costal  and 
subcostal  areas  and  paranota. 

Afrotingis,  n.  gen. 

Small,  distinctly  lacy,  paranota  and  elytra  expanded  outward, 
much  wider  and  longer  than  body,  side  margins  of  paranota  and 
elytra  beset  with  sharp  spines.  Head  very  short,  feebly  produced  in 
front  of  eyes;  bucculae  areola te,  closed  in  front.  Antennae  short, 
slender,  segments  I  and  II  very  short,  slightly  swollen;  III  longest, 
very  slender;  IV  slightly  thickened,  approximately  half  as  long  as 
III.  Rostrum  short,  scarcely  extending  backward  beyond  pro- 
sternum;  sternal  sulcus  of  rostrum  with  laminae  uniseriate. 

Pronotum  strongly  convex,  punctate,  unicarinate,  lateral  carinae 
absent,  hind  margin  triangularly  produced  backwards,  areolate. 
Legs  rather  short,  femora  slightly  swollen.  Ostiole  and  ostiolar  canal 
obsolete.  Elytra  without  tumid  elevations,  divided  into  the  usual 
areas,  the  discoidal  area  extending  posteriorly  beyond  middle  of 
elytron;  hypocostal  laminae  uniseriate.  Hind  wings  present,  func- 
tional. 

Type  species:    Afrotingis  eumenes,  n.  sp. 


Dec.  31,  1964 


ETHOPIAN  LACEBUGS 


91 


Fig.  3.     Afrotingis  eumenes,  n.sp. 


The  Great  Basin  Natxiralist 
92  DRAKE  AND  HILL  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

The  unicarinate  pronotum,  long  discoidal  area,  and  widely  ex- 
panded paranota  and  elytra  distinguish  this  genus  from  other  Afri- 
can genera.  It  belongs  to  the  subfamily  Tinginae,  tribe  Tingini,  and 
is  the  smallest  of  the  wide,  finely  lacy  tingids  in  Africa. 

Afrotingis  eumenes,  n.  sp. 
Figure  3 

Small,  oblong,  clearly  lacy,  shining.  Whitish  testaceous  with 
head,  pronotal  disc,  and  two  large  and  two  small  spots  on  each 
elytron  deep  black;  apical  part  of  elytra  brownish;  areolae  mostly 
hyaline.  Antennae  pale  testaceous  with  terminal  segment  fuscous. 
Legs  pale  testaceous,  with  all  tarsi  dark.  Body  beneath  black,  shin- 
ing. Length  1.82  mm.,  width  0.80  mm. 

Head  very  short,  hairy,  armed  above  wdth  five  testaceous  spines, 
each  spine  and  median  longitudinal  part  of  head  clothed  with  curly 
hair;  bucculae  testaceous,  ends  meeting  in  front,  areolate.  Antenna 
clothed  with  fairly  long,  stiff,  setal  hairs;  measurements:  segment  I, 
8;  II,  6;  III,  24;  IV.  14.  Rostrum  short,  brownish,  terminating  on 
forepart  of  mesosternum;  rostral  laminae  uniseriate.  present  on  all 
three  sternal  division,  widely  separated  from  each  other,  sometimes 
mostly  black,  then  rather  difficult  to  see. 

Pronotum  much  swollen,  finely  punctate,  unicarinate;  median 
carina  low,  with  a  few  upright,  whitish  spines;  lateral  carinae  lack- 
ing; collar  distinctly  areolate,  with  two  or  three  transverse  rows  of 
areolae,  with  a  few  slender  upright  spines  at  middle,  there  feebly 
narrowly  extended  backwards;  paranotum  wide,  triseriate  in  front, 
biseriate  opposite  humeral  angles,  outside  margins  armed  with  long 
slender  spines;  hind  process  of  pronotum  triangular,  areolate.  Legs 
short,  femora  slightly  swollen,  each  with  scattered  setal  hairs. 

Elytra  divided  into  the  usual  areas,  without  tumid  elevations, 
slightly  whitish,  transparent,  armed  along  outer  margins  with  long, 
slender  spines,  each  situated  on  a  thickened  base;  boundary  veins  of 
discoidal  area  armed  with  slender,  upended  spines  with  thick  bases; 
costal  area  wide,  composed  of  two  full  rows  of  fairly  large  areolae; 
subcostal  area  mostly  biseriate,  sloping  downward;  discoidal  area 
large,  about  three-fourths  as  long  as  elytron,  widest  near  middle, 
there  six  or  seven  areolae  deep,  outer  boundary  vein  convex  within, 
base  and  apex  narrowed,  each  acutely  angulate;  sutural  area  large, 
on  same  level  as  discoidal  area.  Hind  wings  present. 

HoLOTYPE  cf  and  ALLOTYPE  9  ,  both  macropterous.  on  Greivia 
mollis,  A.  Juss.,  60  km.  west  of  Dire  Dawa,  along  road  to  Addis 
Ababa,  elev.  1100  m.,  Aug.  30,  1963.  Paratypes:  4  specimens,  taken 
on  the  same  tree  with  types.   The  holotype  is  illustrated. 


KANCrAROO  RAT  BURROWS  AT  THE  NEVADA  TEST  SITE' 

Arthur  O.  Anderson^  and  Dorald  M.  Allred' 

The  chisel-toothed  kangaroo  rat,  Dipodomys  microps  occidentalis 
Hall  and  Dale,  inhabits  most  of  the  major  plant  communities  at  the 
Nevada  nuclear  test  site.  Because  it  is  abundant  and  widely  dis- 
tributed at  the  test  site  it  has  been  studied  considerably  with  respect 
to  its  reaction  to  the  effects  of  nuclear  weapons  testing. 

This  study,  as  part  of  a  broad  ecological  study  described  in  detail 
by  Allred,  Beck  and  Jorgensen  (1963),  was  made  to  determine  the 
nature  of  burrows  made  by  this  animal  in  different  soil  types  and 
plant  communities.  Such  information  is  important  in  evaluating  the 
radiation  dosage  a  rat  may  receive  while  in  its  burrow,  and  the 
effects  of  soil  compaction  from  over-pressure  of  a  nuclear  detonation. 

Procedure 

Burrows  were  excavated  in  five  plant  communities  during  the 
spring  and  summer  of  1961  as  follows:  ten  burrows  in  Salsola  kali 
and  five  each  in  Atriplex  confertifolia-Kochia  americana,  Lycium 
pallidum,  Grayia  spinosa-Lycium  andersoni,  and  Coleogyne  ramo- 
sissima. 

To  locate  occupied  burrows  for  study,  rats  were  live-trapped, 
released  and  their  escape  pattern  noted.  After  release  each  rat  quick- 
ly sought  refuge  in  a  burrow.  Several  minutes  were  spent  observing 
the  opening  which  the  rat  entered  as  well  as  the  immediate  vicinity 
to  determine  whether  it  emerged  and  entered  another  one.  If  no  such 
movement  were  noted  it  was  assumed  that  this  was  the  principle 
burrow  of  the  rat,  and  the  burrow  was  marked  for  later  excavation 
and  study. 

White  (1962)  used  a  grout  mixture  to  make  concrete  molds  of 
animal  burrows,  but  the  disadvantages  of  his  system  were  prohibi- 
tive for  its  use  for  our  studies.  Consequently,  a  shovel,  pick  and  small 
garden  trowel  were  used  to  excavate  the  burrows.  Care  was  taken  to 
leave  the  sides  and  floor  of  each  burrow  intact. 

Burrows  were  mapped  as  they  were  excavated.  Two  seven-foot 
pipes,  joined  to  form  a  right  angle,  were  marked  at  one-foot  inter- 
vals. The  horizontal  pattern  of  each  burrow  was  thus  recorded  on 
grid  paper.  Additional  measurements  were  taken  where  necessary 
to  insure  greater  accuracy.  Measurements  of  depth  were  made  at 
one-foot  intervals.  Average  depth  was  determined  from  measure- 
ments taken  (1)  where  the  tunnels  branched,  (2)  where  the  passages 
continued  for  a  considerable  distance  at  the  same  level,  and  (3)  at 
the  lowest  point  of  the  burrow.  Although  side  passages  and  pockets 
were  measured  and  mapped,  those  within  three  inches  of  the  main 

1.  Report   No.    COO-1 355-3   Field  work  completed   under   AEG   Contract  AT(ll-l)-786. 

2.  Mapusaga  High  School,  Samoa. 

3.  Department  of  Zoology  and   Entomology,   Brigham  Young  University,   Provo,  Utah. 

93 


94 


ANDERSON  AND  ALLRED 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 


passage  were  excluded  from  the  depth  profiles  to  facilitate  clear 
diagrams. 

Five  to  ten  penetrometer  measurements  were  taken  to  determine 
comparative  rockniess  of  the  soil  and  depth  of  the  hardpan  at  each 
burrow  site. 

Results 

Vegetative  complexes  of  the  communities  were  discussed  by 
AUred,  Beck  and  Jorgensen  (1963).  Johnson  and  Hibbard  (1957) 
designated  the  geological  formations  and  general  soil  types  for  the 
test  site.  Following  are  brief  resumes  of  our  study  sites  and  the  re- 
sults of  excavation  and  burrow  examination  (Table  1). 

Atriplex-Kochia  Habitat  (Plate  I).  This  site  is  located  near 
the  lowest  part  of  the  valley  north  of  the  playa  in  Yucca  Flat.  The 
soil  is  primarily  hard  clay  several  inches  deep  with  two  or  three 
inches  of  loose  sand  around  the  base  of  the  plants.  Below  the  clay 
is  a  shallow  layer  of  sandy  clay,  under  which  is  a  hardpan.  The 
average  penetrometer  reading  was  7.24  inches. 


Table  1 
burrows. 


Burrow  depths,  openings  and  number  of  dead-end  side 


Depth  in  inches  No.  openings 


No.  side-burrows 


Total  in 

Habitat 

Greatest  Average 

Greatest  Average 

Range 

all 
burrows 

Atriplex-Kochia 

12 

9.2 

3 

1.8 

2-8 

18 

Coleogyne 

24 

15.7 

3 

2.2 

3-5 

22 

Grayia-Lycium 

24 

15.3 

6 

3.2 

6-18 

56 

Lycium 

24 

11.5 

5 

2.6 

3-9 

25 

Salsola 

24 

12.8 

4 

2.7 

2-9 

26* 

*Only  five  burrows  used  for  comparison. 


c=^ 


a 


,^g^-  ^==^- 


SCALE 


FEET: 


OPENING-- 


GROUND     LEVEL:        --^-- 
NEST:  FOOD      CACHE: 


Plate   I.     Patterns   of  five   burrows   in   the   Atriplex-Kochia  habitat.   Upper 
figures:    horizontal   patterns;  lower  figures:    corresponding  vertical   patterns. 


Dec.  31.  1964 


ANDERSON   AND  ALLRED 


95 


The  burrows  were  predominantly  in  the  sandy  clay  soil  im- 
mediately under  the  layer  of  clay.  No  burrow  penetrated  the  hard- 
pan.  Openings  were  usually  in  the  open  spaces  between  plants.  The 
burrow  patterns  were  simple  with  relatively  few  side  passageways. 
A  nest  constructed  of  plant  materials  was  found  in  one  burrow  at  a 
depth  of  one  foot.  A  food  cache  containing  hulls  of  seeds  was  located 
near  the  nest.  All  burrows  had  several  camel  crickets  in  them,  and  a 
harvestman  and  a  centipede  were  seen  near  the  nest  of  one  burrow. 

CoLEOGYNE  1  Iabitat  (Plate  II).  This  site  is  located  on  the  upper 
slope  of  the  bajada  in  northeastern  Yucca  Flat.  The  soil  is  somewhat 
sandy  with  some  clay  and  rocks  of  various  sizes.  A  hardpan  is  usually 
present  at  a  depth  of  about  one  foot.  The  average  penetrometer 
reading  was  9.13  inches. 

The  burrows  in  this  area  had  no  side  passageways  used  as  food 
caches.  Evidence  of  one  food  cache  in  the  main  passageway  con- 
sisted of  small  scatterings  of  seeds  of  annual  plants.  Three  burrows 
each  had  one  nest  at  a  depth  of  17,  18  and  21  inches,  respectively. 

Grayia-Lycium  Habitat  (Plate  III).  This  study  area  is  on  the 
lower  gentle  slope  of  the  bajada  of  northwestern  Yucca  Flat.  The 
soil  is  sandy  with  some  clay,  but  somewhat  compact.  Small  pebbles 
are  present,  and  a  few  rocks  up  to  several  inches  in  diameter  are 


SCALE 


FEET: 


OPENING: 


GROUND 
NEST: 


LEVEL: 


FOOD      CACHE: 


Plate  II.     Patterns  of  five  burrows  in  the  Coleogyne  habitat.  Top  and  third 
rows:  horizontal  patterns;  second  and  fourth  rows:  corresponding  vertical  patterns. 


96 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
ANDERSON  AND  ALLRED  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 


SCALE    IN    FEET:  o^^T" 

&ROUND     LEVEL:     

OPENING:    •  NEST: 
FOOD      CACHE: 


Plate  III.  Patterns  of  five  burrows  in  the  Grayia-Lycium  habitat.  Top, 
third  and  fifth  rows:  horizontal  patterns;  other  rows:  corresponding  vertical 
patterns. 

common  on  and  near  the  surface.  The  average  penetrometer  reading 
was  14.49  inchs. 

Most  of  the  burrow  openings  were  in  the  open  spaces  between 
the  plants.  Two  burrows  contained  nests,  one  burrow  having  two. 
These  were  at  a  depth  of  22,  19  and  15  inches,  respectively.  Food 
caches  of  seeds,  leaves  and  a  few  stems  were  found  next  to  the  nests. 
In  one  burrow  lacking  a  nest  a  food  cache  of  freshly  cut  green 
grass  and  seeds  of  a  composite  were  found. 


Dec.  31,  1964 


KANGAROO  RAT  BURROWS 


97 


Lycium  Habitat  (Plate  IV).  This  site  is  in  the  lowest  part  of 
the  valley  southwest  of  the  playa  in  Frenchman  Flat.  The  surface 
soil  is  sandy  with  some  clay  and  small  rocks.  Generally  the  soil  is 
loose  for  a  considerable  depth.  The  average  penetrometer  reading 
was  20.32  inches. 

Burrow  openings  in  this  area  were  usually  concealed  by  the 
foliage  of  the  plants.  Even  though  there  were  frequently  several 
openings,  the  one  most  commonly  used  was  usually  well  concealed 
near  the  center  of  the  area  covered  by  the  plant.  No  food  caches  or 
nests  were  found  in  these  burrows. 


'^^^:^IJL^    -\^     c=3^^ 


SCALE 


FEET: 


4 

OPENING: 


GROUND     LEVEL: 


NEST: 


FOOD      CACHE: 


Plate  IV.     Patterns  of  five  burrows  in  the  Lycium  habitat.  Top  and  third 
rows:    horizontal  patterns;   other  rows:    corresponding  vertical  patterns. 


98 


ANDERSON  AND  ALLRED 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 

Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 


Salsola  Habitat  (Plate  V).  This  site  is  situated  in  a  Grayia- 
Lycium  area  where  nuclear  detonations  have  destroyed  the  native 
vegetation  and  Salsoli  kali  has  become  established.  The  soil  is  similar 


GROUND  LEVEL: 


SCALE  IN  FEET:  o""^^ 2 3 

OPENING:  •    NEST: 


10 

FOOD       CACHE: 


Plate  V.     Patterns  of  ten  burrows  in  the  Salsola  habitat.  Top,  third,  fifth 
and  seventh  rows:  horizontal  patterns;  other  rows:  corresponding  vertical  patterns. 


Dec.  31,  1964  kangaroo  rat  burrows  99 

to  that  at  the  (irayia-Lyciuni  site  except  that  it  is  not  as  compacted. 
Rocks  two  inches  or  more  in  diameter  are  common,  especially  on  the 
surface.  The  presence  of  more  surface  rocks  in  this  area  may  be 
partly  due  to  the  effects  of  nuclear  detonations.  The  average  pene- 
trometer reading  was  15.75  inches. 

Some  of  the  burrows  in  this  area  were  the  most  complex  of  any 
excavated.  Many  openings  were  plugged  with  soil  three  or  four 
inches  below  ground  surface.  Only  one  nest  was  found,  at  a  depth 
of  20  inches.  Near  the  nest  was  a  food  cache  principally  of  seeds  of 
Salsola.  Food  caches  found  in  four  other  burrows  consisted  princi- 
pally of  Salsola  seeds,  with  small  amounts  of  stems. 

Discussion 

The  most  complex  burrows  occurred  in  the  Grayia-Lycium  and 
Salsola  habitats.  Inasmuch  as  the  predominent  vegetation  of  the 
Salsola  habitat  originally  was  Grayia  and  Lycium  before  nuclear 
disturbance,  it  is  assumed  that  the  type  of  soil  in  the  Grayia-Lycium 
community  is  more  conducive  to  burrowing  activities  than  the  hard 
clay  of  the  Atriplex-Kochia  and  rocky  soil  of  the  Coleogyne  areas. 
This  is  substantiated  by  the  larger  number  of  side  burrows  present 
in  the  Grayia-Lycium — twice  the  number  of  any  other  habitat. 
Burrows  in  the  hard  clay  of  the  Atriplex-Kochia  habitat  were  short- 
est and  least  complex  of  all.  Although  the  longest  burrow  excavated 
was  in  the  Lycium  area,  this  was  an  exception  to  the  pattern  of 
others  in  the  same  habitat.  Soil  texture  likely  influences  the  depth 
to  which  a  rat  will  burrow,  but  even  in  the  loose  soils  burrows  did  not 
exceed  two  feet.  Tappe  (1941)  maintained  that  depth  of  burrow  is 
determined  by  soil  conditions.  In  31  burrows  of  D.  heermanni  exca- 
vated, he  found  only  one  which  exceeded  20  inches  in  depth.  Haw- 
becker  (1940)  found  D.  venustus  burrows  20  inches  in  depth,  Grin- 
nell  (1932)  found  the  greatest  depth  for  D.  ingens  to  be  about  18 
inches,  and  Culbertson  (1946)  and  Fitch  (1948)  found  the  greatest 
depths  for  D.  nitratoides  and  D.  heermanni,  respectively,  to  be  24 
inches.  Huey  (1942,  1951)  stated  that  D.  merriami  avoids  rocky 
situations  and  cannot  burrow  into  very  hard  soil.  Hardy  (1945) 
indicated  that  shallow  loose  soil  above  a  hardpan  was  satisfactory 
for  burrowing. 

The  numoer  of  burrow  openings  was  greatest  in  the  Grayia- 
Lycium  area.  Considering  the  variable  numbers  of  openings  in  all 
habitats,  two  and  three  per  burrow  occurred  with  greatest  and 
about  equal  frequency.  Grinnell  (1932)  found  2-hole  burrows  most 
common  for  D.  ingens,  whereas  Tappe  (1941)  found  three  or  four 
the  usual  number  for  D.  heermanni. 

Negrly  all  the  short,  side  passageways  used  for  food  storage 
were  about  two  inches  above  the  level  of  the  main  passageway  floor. 
Other  short,  deadend  passageways  ended  two  or  three  inches  above 
the  floor  level  of  the  main  passageway,  although  occasionally  they 
were  lower. 

Seven  of  30  burrows  contained  nests  and  eight  had  food  caches. 
No  reason  for  this  low  incidence  is  known.  Fitch  (1948)  found  old 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
100  ANDERSON  AND  ALLRED  Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 

nests  in  only  11  of  150  burrows  of  D.  nitratoides .  Tappe  (1941) 
found  nine  nests  in  17  main  burrows  of  D.  heermanni.  Ilawbecker 
(1940)  found  that  D.  venustus  had  several  supplementary  burrows 
which  always  lacked  nests  and  food  caches.  Apparently  D.  microps 
does  not  commonly  build  nests  or  perhaps  dismantles  them  when  no 
longer  needed  or  the  rat  moves  to  another  burrow.  However,  it  is 
possible  that  many  of  our  burrows  were  supplemental  burrows. 

The  low  incidence  of  food  caches  seems  more  easily  explained. 
Food  storage  likely  is  correlated  with  season  and  food  availability. 
Perhaps  a  rat  is  active  above  ground  on  succeeding  nights  only  until 
a  small  store  of  food  has  been  accumulated.  Further  activity  above 
ground  may  then  be  suspended  until  the  stored  food  is  exhausted. 
Fitch  (1948)  maintained  that  storing  of  food  in  the  burrows  of  D. 
heermanni  is  usually  on  a  small  scale  to  make  available  a  constant 
supply  during  the  majority  of  the  hours  that  the  animal  is  under- 
ground. Although  Culbertson  (1946)  did  not  specifi^gally  study  food 
storage  habits  of  D.  nitratoides,  he  did  observe  that  food  was  oc- 
casionally stored  in  small  pits  in  the  burrow.  Grinnell  (1932)  found 
no  food  caches  in  the  burrows  of  D.  ingens,  although  he  found  seed 
shells  and  hulls  to  be  common.  Tappe  (1941)  found  food  caches  in 
many  of  the  burrows  of  D.  heermanni.  Shaw  (1934)  found  many 
underground  food  caches  of  considerable  amounts,  up  to  eight  quarts 
each,  in  the  burrows  of  D.  ingens.  Hardy  (1945)  found  large  food 
caches  in  the  burrows  of  D.  microps  in  southern  Utah  in  September. 
Through  our  observation  in  the  field,  some  evidence  suggests  that 
rats  store  seeds  in  small  caches  in  shallow  graves  outside  their  bur- 
rows. Once  a  food  source  is  located  this  likely  facilitates  emptying 
their  cheek  pouches  of  collected  food  without  having  to  return  rela- 
tively great  distances  to  their  burrows.  Reynolds  (1950,  1958)  indi- 
cated tnat  D.  merriami  stores  excess  seeds  in  surface  caches.  Such 
food  is  transported  from  2  to  105  feet  (average  about  47  feet)  before 
being  cached.  In  fall,  winter  and  spring  many  of  the  surface  caches 
are  opened  by  the  rats.  Shaw  (1934)  found  surface  food  caches  very 
numerous  near  the  burrows  of  D.  ingens.  These  caches  were  fre- 
quently transferred  to  the  den.  Hawbecker  (1940)  also  found  sur- 
face caches  to  be  common  for  D.  venustus. 

Although  it  is  assumed  that  the  behavior  of  D.  microps  is  similar 
to  that  of  other  species,  further  studies  of  their  food  and  burrowing 
habits  are  needed. 

Literature  Cited 

Allred,  D.  M.,  D  E.  Beck  and  C.  D.  Jorgensen.      1963.     Biotic  Communities  of 

the    Nevada    Test    Site.    Brigham    Young    l^niversity    Sci.    Bull.,    Biol.    Ser., 

II(2):l-52. 
Culbertson,   A.   E.     1946.     Observations   on   the   natural    history   of   the   Fresno 

kangaroo   rat.   J.   Mammal..   27(3) :  189-203. 
Fitch.  H.   S.      1948.     Habits  and  economic  lelationships  of  the  Tulare  kangaroo 

rat.  J.  Mammal.,  29(1 )  :''v3'5. 
Grinnei.i,.  J.      1932.     Habitat  relations  of  the  giant  kangaroo  rat.  J.   Mammal., 

13 (4): 305- 320. 
Hardy,    R.      1945.     The    influence    of    types    of    soil    upon    local    distribution   of 

some  mammals  in  southwestern  Utah.  Ecol.  Monographs,   15:71-108. 


Dec.  31,  1964       kangaroo  rat  burrows  101 

Hawbeckkr,    a.    C.      1940.     Tlie    burrowing    and   feeding    habits    of    Dipodomys 

vcnustus.  J.  Maniniid.,  21  (2) :  388-396. 
HuEY,  L.    M.      1943.     A   vertebrate   faunal   survey   of   the   Organ   Pipe   National 

Monument,  Arizona.  Trans.  San  Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  9:3-53-376. 
.      1951.     Tlie    kangaroo    rats    {Dipodomysq    of    Baja,    California,    Mexico. 

Trans.   vSan  Diego  Soc.   Nat.  Hist.,   11:205-256. 
Reynolds,  H.  G.      1950.     Relation  of  Merriani  kangaroo  rats  to  range  vegetation 

in  Southern  Arizona.   Ecology.   31  (3)  :456-463. 
.      1958.     The  ecology  of  the  Merriani  kangaroo  rat  on  the  grazing  lands 

of  southern  Arizona.   Ecological    Monographs,  28(2) :  1 1 1-127. 
Shaw,  W.  T.      1934.     The  ability  of  the  giant  kangaroo  rat  as  a  harvester  and 

storer  of  seeds.  .1.  Mammal.,  15(4)  :275-286. 
Tappe,   D.   T.      1941.     Natural  history  of  the  tulare  kangaroo  rat.   J.   Mammal., 

22(2):117-118. 


( 


THE  RECENT   NATURALIZATION   OF 
SIBERIAN  ELM   {ULMUS  PUMILA  L.)    IN  UTAH 

Earl  M.  Christensen' 

Abstract:  The  history  of  naturalization  of  Siberian  Elm 
(Ulmus  pumila  L.)  in  Utah  is  presented.  Establishment  of  the 
species  in  nature  occurred  quickly  after  its  introduction  into  Utah, 
and  it  has  become  a  conspicuous  part  of  the  vegetation  in  lowland 
areas  in  Utah  valleys.  The  earliest  documented  date  of  establish- 
ment in  nature  in  Utah  is  1935.  The  species  was  not  cultivated  in 
Utah  and  adjacent  states  prior  to  1920.  It  was  recommended  for  use 
in  the  western  United  States  during  the  1920's,  and  it  was  exten- 
sively planted  during  the  1930's  and  1940's.  The  naturalization  of 
Siberian  Elm  is  similar  to  the  earlier  naturalization  in  Utah  of 
tamarix  {Tamarix  pentandra  Pall.)  and  Russian  olive  {Elaeagrtus 
angustifolia  L.). 

Introduction 

During  the  last  two  decades  Siberian  Elm,  Ulmus  pumila  L.,  has 
become  a  conspicuous  and  abundant  plant  in  wildland  areas  in 
Utah:  pastures,  streamsides,  canyon  bottoms,  and  vacant  urban  lots. 
Because  of  the  evident  rapidity  of  naturalization  of  this  species  an 
attempt  is  made  in  this  paper  to  document  its  spread  into  nature  and 
to  determine  the  rate  of  naturalization.  The  naturalization  of 
Siberian  Elm  is  particularly  interesting  because  it  parallels  the  earli- 
er introduction  and  naturalization  of  tamarix  (Christensen,  1962) 
and  Russian  olive  (Christensen,  1963)  in  the  same  area  and  often 
in  the  same  habitats. 

Siberian  elm  is  a  rapidly  growing,  medium-sized  tree  that  is 
native  from  Turkestan  to  eastern  Siberia  and  northern  China  (Little, 
1961).  It  was  introduced  into  the  United  States  (Chico,  Calif.)  in 
1908  (Dorset,  1917),  and  proved  to  be  adapted  as  an  ornamental 
tree  (Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,  1918).  It  has  been  recommended 
for  use  in  the  western  United  States  (Mulford,  1926,  1928;  Thomas, 
1927;  Metcalf,  1928;  Dougall,  1942;  Wilson,  1944;  Little,  1949, 
1961;  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  1949),  but  recently  it  has  been  considered 
undesirable  in  Utah  for  street  plantings  (Utah  Shade  Tree  Comm., 
I960;  Provo  City  Shade  Tree  Comm.,  1960).  Gill  (1949)  described 
the  good  and  bad  features  of  the  species.  Data  on  reproduction  of 
the  Siberian  elm  was  presented  by  Metcalf  (1928),  the  Forest 
Service  (1948).  and  Vines  (1960).  The  naturahzation  of  Siberian 
elm  from  Kansas  to  Minnesota  was  noted  by  Fernald  (1950),  and 
Steyermark  (1963)  observed  that  the  species  has  occasionally  escaped 
cultivation  in  Missouri. 

Siberian   elm   has   often   been  referred   to   as    Chinese    elm   or 


1.    Botany  Department,  Brigham  Young  University,  Provo,  Utah. 

103 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
104  EARL  M.   CHRISTENSEN  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

Chinese  dry-land  elm.    In  Utah,  Chinese  elm  is  often  used  currently 
in  reference  to  Ulmus  pumila. 

Cultivation  of  Siberian  Elm  in  Utah 

Siberian  elms  were  planted  in  northern  Utah  near  Providence 
about  1922  (Metcalf,  1928).  but  a  survey  of  historical  sources  leads 
to  the  conclusion  that  Siberian  elm  was  not  planted  in  Utah  prior  to 
about  1920  (Paul,  1916;  Mulford,  1920;  Rydberg,  1922;  Cannon, 
1924,  1934;    lidestrom,  1926;  Dougall  1942;  Reimschussel,  1951). 

During  the  1930'c  and  1940's  Siberian  elm  was  planted  common- 
ly in  Utah  and  the  adjacent  region,  and  by  the  late  1940's  it  was 
abundant  in  cities  of  the  area  (Preston.  1940;  Dougall,  1942;  Cot- 
tarn,  1943;  Reimschussel,  1947,  1951,  1958;  Gill,  1949;  Little,  1949). 

Naturalization  of  Siberian  Elm  in  Utah 

The  establishment  of  Siberian  elm  in  wildland  in  Utah  began 
shortly  after  its  use  as  an  ornamental,  as  early  as  1935.  Siberian 
elm  was  evidently  uncommon  in  nature  in  Utah  prior  to  1940  be- 
cause it  was  not  included  in  any  regional  manual  published  before 
1948  (Rydberg,  1922;  Tidestrom,  1925;  Garrett,  1936;  Coulter  and 
Nelson.  1937;  Graham,  1937;  Holmgren,  1948).  The  first  published 
record  of  Siberian  elm  in  nature  in  Utah  was  made  by  Nelson 
(1954). 

Evidence  about  the  date  of  naturalization  of  Siberian  elm  can  be 
obtained  from  tree  ring  counts  of  older  trees  in  wildland.  Some 
large  specimens  of  Siberian  elm  grow  near  Utah  Lake  west  of  Orem 
City.  Two  of  these  were  studied.  Increment  borings  from  these  trees 
indicate  that  they  were  established  in  1935  and  1945.  The  trees 
have  grown  rapidly.  The  rates  of  growth  in  diameter  were  deter- 
mined to  be  0.8  in.  and  0.9  in.  per  year  and  the  terminal  growth  to 
be  1.6  ft.  and  1.8  ft.  per  year  for  the  older  and  younger  trees,  re- 
spectively. The  1935  date  appears  to  be  the  earliest  record  of 
establishment  of  Siberian  elm  in  nature  in  Utah.  Certainly  Siberian 
elm  was  not  present  in  the  vicinity  of  Utah  Lake  a  decade  earlier. 
Cottam  (1926)  did  not  include  it  in  his  comprehensive  ecological 
study  of  the  area. 

Discussion 

Three  old  world  woody  species  have  rapidly  invaded  the  lowland 
areas  of  the  valleys  of  Utah  in  this  century,  and  the  vegetation  of 
these  areas  is  undergoing  rapid  change  as  these  species  are  increas- 
ing in  abundance.  Tamarix  {Tamarix  pentandra  Pall.)  became 
established  in  nature  prior  to  1925  (Christensen,  1962),  and  Russian 
olive  {Elaeagnus  angustifolia  L.)  became  established  about  1924 
(Christehsen,  1963).  These  species  were  followed  by  Siberian  elm 
reported  on  in  this  paper  which  became  established  about  1935.  In 
contrast  to  the  lowland  areas  in  Utah,  establishment  of  woody 
exotics  [Robinia  pseudoacacia  L.,  Ailanthus  altissima  (Mill.) 
Swingle,  Prunus  spp..  Mains  spp.)  in  the  more  elevated  portions  of 
Utah  has  resulted  in  very  minor  change  of  the  vegetation  of  those 


Dec.  31,  1964         naturalization  of  Siberian  elm  105 

areas.  Continued  ecological  study  should  be  carried  on  too  explain 
the  striking  patterns  of  naturalization  exhibited  by  tamarix.  Russian 
olive,  and  Siberian  elm  in  Utah  and  the  vegetational  changes  result- 
ing therefrom. 

References 

BuRE.\u   OF   Plant    Industry.      1918.     Inventory   of   seeds   and   plants   imported, 

44:41314,   p.   9.   U.   S.   Dept.   Agr. 
C.vNNON,  George  M.      1924.     Trees  worth  while.   Improvement  Era,  27(6)  :526- 
529. 

.     1934.     Trees   of   modern   Zion.    Improvement   Era,   37(4) :  198-199,   223, 

225;  37(5):274-277. 
Christensen,  Earl  M.      1962.     The  rate  of  naturalization  of  tamarix  in  Utah. 
Am.  Mull.  Nat.,  68:51-57. 

.     1963.     Naturalization   of   Russian   olive    {Elaeagnus  angustifolia  L.)   in 

Utah.    Ibid.    70:133-137. 
CoTTAM,  Walter  P.      1926.     An  ecological  study  of  the  flora  of  Utah  Lake,  Utah. 
Ph.D.  Thesis.  Univ.  Chicago,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

.      1943.     Check   list   of   Utah   trees.   Report   of   the   Salt  Lake   City   Shade 

Tree  Commission,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.   p.  6-10. 
Coulter,   John   M.   and  Aven   Nelson.      1937.     New  manual  of  botany  of  the 

central  Rocky  Mountains.  American  Book  Company,  New  York,  646  p. 
DoRSETT,    P.    H.     1917,     The   plant-introduction    gardens   of   the   Department   of 

Agriculture.  LT.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Yearbook   1916:135-144. 
Dougall,  Patricia.      1942.     The  shade  trees  of  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.   Master's 

Thesis,  Univ.  Utah,  Salt  Lake  City. 
Fernald,  M.   L.     1950.     Gray's  manual   of  botany.  Eighth   Ed.   American  Book 

Co.,  New  York.  1632  p. 
Forest    Service.      1948.     Woody-plant    seed    manual.    U.    S.    Dept.    Agr.    Misc. 

Publ.,  654:1-416. 
Garrett,   A.    O.     1936.     Spring   flora   of   the   Wasatch   Region.   5th   ed.    Stevens 

and  Wallis,  Inc.,  Salt  Lake  City.  Utah.  240  p. 
Gill,  Lake  S.      1949.     Shade  trees  for  the  Rockies,  p.  72-76.  In  Trees,  Yearbook 

of  Agr.    1949,   U.  S.   Dept.  Agr.,  Washington,   D.   C. 
Graham,   Edward  H.      1937.     Botanical  studies  in  the  Uinta  Basin  of  Utah  and 

Colorado.  Aim.  Carnegie  Mus.,  26:1-432. 
Holmgren,  Arthur  H.      1948.     Handbook  of  the  vascular  plants  of  the  northern 

Wasatch.  Lithotype  Process  Co.,  San  Francisco,  Calif.  202  p. 
Little,   Elbert   L.,   Jr.     1949.     Fifty   trees   from    foreign   lands,   p.    815-822.   In 

Trees,  Yearbook  of  Agr.   1949.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Washington,  D.  C. 
.     1961.     Sixty   trees   from  foreign  lands.   U   .S.   Dept.   Agr.,  Agr.   Hand- 
book 212:1-30. 
Metcalf,  Woodbridge.      1928.     The   Chinese  elm — a  valuable  tree.   Amer.  For., 

34:229.  240. 
Mulford,  F.  L.     1920.     Street  trees.  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.  Bull.,  816:1-58. 

.      1926.     Trees   for   roadside   planting,   U.    S.    Dept.  Agr.    Farmers'   Bull., 

1482:1-50.  Revised,   1928. 
Nelson,    Noland    F.      1954.     Factors    in    the    development    and    restoration    of 
waterfowl  habitat  at  Ogden  Bay  Refuge,  Weber  County,   Utah.   Utah  State 
Dept.   Fish  and  Game  Publ.,  6:1-87. 
Paul,    J.    H.      1916.     Let   boy   scouts   plant   trees   and   shrubs   that   attract   birds. 

Improvement  Era.   19(6)  :526-529. 
Preston,   Richard   J.     1940.     Rocky   Mountain   trees.    Iowa   State  College  Press, 

Ames.  285  p. 
Provo    City    Shade   Tree   Commission.      1960.     Recommended   street    and   orna- 
mental trees.  Provo  City  Corp.,  Utah.  1 1  p. 
Reimschiissel,    Ernest    F.      1947.     Hardy    plaht   materials    for   Utah    conditions. 
Brigham  Young  Univ.  Extension  Bull.,  1:1-20. 

• .     1951.     A  study  of  ornamental  deciduous  trees  of  Utah.  Master's  Thesis. 

Brigham  Young   Univ.,   Provo,  Utah. 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
106  EARL  M.   CHRISTENSEN  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

.     1958.     A  check  list  of  ornamental  deciduous  trees  of  Utah.  Proc.  Utah 


Acad.  Sci.,  35:65-79. 
Rydberg,  p.  a.      1922.     Flora  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  adjacent  plains.  2nd 

ed.  Publ.  by  author.  New  York.  1142  p. 
Steyermark,    Julian    A.      1963.     Flora    of    Missouri.    Iowa    State    Univ.    Press, 

Ames,  1725  p. 
Thomas,  C.  C.      1927.     Chinese  elm  in  American  horticulture.  U.   S.  Dept.  Agr. 

Yearbook  1926:215-218. 
TiDESTROM,  IvAR.      1925.     Flora  of  Utah  and  Nevada.  Contrib.  U.  S.  Natl.  Herb., 

25:1-665. 
United   States   Dept.   Agr.     1949.     Trees  best  adapted   for  special  purposes,   p. 

845-847.  In  Trees,  Yearbook  of  Agr.   1949.  Washington,  D.  C. 
Utah    Shade    Tree   Commission.     1960.     Recommended    street    and    ornamental 

trees  for  Utah.  5  p. 
Vines,    Robert    A.     1960.     Trees,    shrubs    and    woody   vines    of    the   southwest. 

Univ.  Texas  Press,  Austin.  1104  p. 
Wilson,  Richard  E.     1944.     Tree  planting  and  erosion  control  in  the  southwest. 

J.  Forestry,  42:668-673. 


ON   SOME  NEW   SPECIES   OF  NYCTERIBIIDAE 
(DIPTERA:    PUPIPARA) 

O.  Theodoi-*  and  B.  V.  Peterson^ 

A  small  collection  of  Nycteribiidae  received  from  Dr.  W.  L. 
Jellison,  Rocky  Mountain  Laboratory,  Hamilton,  Montana,  and  Dr. 
R.  Wenzel  Chicago  Natural  History  Museum,  Chicago,  Illinois, 
contained  three  new  species  which  are  described  below,  and  several 
additional  distribution  records. 

Genus  Basilia  Miranda  Ribeiro 

Subgenus  Basilia  s.  str. 

Basilia  mimoni  n.  sp. 

Length  2.2  -  2.5  mm.  Color  yellowish  brown. 

Head  with  4  setae  at  the  anterior  dorsal  margin  and  1-2  minute 
hairs  on  the  vertex.  Gena  bare  or  with  a  few  minute  hairs.  Palpus 
slender,  wider  at  the  base.  Labella  of  labium  slightly  shorter  than 
the  theca. 

Thorax  about  as  long  as  wide.  Median  sternal  suture  distinct, 
the  oblique  sutures  forming  an  angle  of  about  85°.  The  hairs  on  the 
sternal  plate  are  longer  posteriorly;  the  posterior  margin  with  a  row 
of  short  setae  and  2  longer  setae  in  each  half.  Mesonotum  parallel- 
sided,  not  very  wide,  posterior  plate  without  a  process.  Lateral 
plates  of  the  notopleural  sutures  with  10-12  notopleural  setae  which 
stand  more  closely  posteriorly.  Mesopleural  suture  narrow,  distinct. 
Thoracic  ctenidium  with  18-20  narrow,  pointed  spines.  Legs  long 
and  slender.  Tibiae  5-6  times  longer  than  wide,  with  3  rows  of  setae 
in  the  middle  of  the  ventral  surface;  the  distal  row  consists  of  longer 
setae  which  reach  the  end  of  the  tibia  or  beyond;  the  setae  of  the 
other  two  rows  are  short.  The  ends  of  the  tibiae  are  long  and  taper- 
ing (Fig.  1). 

Abdomen  Male.  Tergite  I  with  a  straight  posterior  margin  with 
a  row  of  short  setae.  Tergites  II  -  IV  with  a  single  marginal  row  of 
moderately  long  setae  of  uniform  length  which  stand  more  closely 
together  laterally;  a  few  spines  between  the  setae  in  the  middle  of 
the  row.  Tergite  II  with  1  -  2  rows  of  short  setae  on  the  surface, 
4  -  8  such  setae  on  tergite  III  in  an  irregular  double  row,  and  only 
2  -  4  short  setae  on  tergite  IV.  Tergite  V  similar,  but  2  -  4  setae  in 
the  middle  of  the  marginal  row  are  longer  and  there  are  about  8 
short  vertical  setae  between  these  long  setae;  surface  bare.  Tergite 
VI  similar,  but  much  less  wide,  with  4  long  setae  in  the  middle  of 
the  marginal  row.  Anal  segment  conical,  with  3  -  4  long  setae  pos- 
teriorly, 2  short  setae  in  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  surface  and  a  few 
short  setae  in  the  posterior  half  of  the  surface  and  at  the  sides. 

1.  Department  of  Parasitology,  Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem. 

2.  Entomology  Laboratory,  Canada  Agriculture,  Guelph,  Ontario. 

107 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
108  THEODOR  AND   PETERSON  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

Sternite  I  +  II  with  a  ctenidium  of  42  -  44  spines,  shorter  than  in 
the  female.  Sternites  III  and  IV  with  uniform  marginal  rows  of 
moderately  long  setae,  and  4  long  vertical  setae  in  the  marginal  row 
of  sternite  IV.  The  surface  of  sternite  III  with  2  -  3  rows  of  short 
setae;  only  one  row,  which  is  interrupted  in  the  middle,  on  the 
surface  of  sternite  IV.  Sternite  V  similar  in  shape,  rectangular, 
with  a  rounded  bulge  in  the  middle  of  the  posterior  margin  which 
bears  a  group  of  14-16  spines  in  two  rows;  the  4  median  spines 
of  the  posterior  row  are  longer  than  the  others;  long  horizontal  setae 
stand  at  the  margin  lateral  to  the  group  of  spines  and  there  is  a 
preapical  row  of  long  and  short  setae;  surface  otherwise  bare 
(Fig.  2). 

Genitalia  (Figs.  2-3).  Claspers  thin,  tapering,  black  apically; 
a  long  seta  dorsally  near  the  base  and  3  shorter  setae  in  the  basal 
half.  Basal  arc  large,  rounded,  with  a  long  anterior  process.  Phallo- 
base  strongly  concave  dorsally,  with  2  setae  near  the  base.  Aedeagus 
broad,  with  a  rounded  or  truncate  end  and  a  few  teeth  dorsally  on 
the  basal  part.  Paramere  with  a  pointed  apex,  ventral  margin 
rounded  in  the  distal  half;  a  few  minute  hairs  on  the  sides. 

Abdomen  Female  (Figs.  4-5).  Tergite  I  trapezoidal,  with  a 
row  of  setae  at  the  posterior  margin  and  a  gap  in  the  middle;  with 
2  or  3  median  setae  next  to  the  gap  which  are  longer;  a  few  small 
spines  on  the  surface.  Tergal  plate  II  rather  short,  divided  in  the 
middle,  with  1  -  2  long,  apical  setae  on  the  posterior  processes,  and 
4-6  shorter  setae  at  the  posterior  lateral  margins;  some  short  setae 
along  the  median  division  line  and  some  in  the  anterior  and  lateral 
part  of  each  half.  A  slightly  curved  pigmented  stripe  runs  from  the 
posterior  processes  to  the  shoulders;  there  are  no  setae  on  these 
stripes.  Tergal  plate  III  absent.  Pleurae  and  lateral  parts  of  the  dor- 
sum covered  with  short  setae,  leaving  a  bare  median  stripe  from  the 
posterior  processes  of  tergal  plate  II  to  the  anal  segment.  A  row  of 
slightly  longer  and  stronger  setae  along  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
anterior  bulge  of  the  abdomen.  Anal  segment  rectangular,  much 
wider  than  long,  bare  dorsally  and  with  a  long  and  1  -  2  shorter 
setae  posteriorly  and  a  few  short  setae  laterally.  Postspiracular 
sclerite  narrow,  curved,  with  3  longer  setae  at  the  end  and  a  few 
minute  spines  along  the  posterior  margin.  Sternite  I  -f-  II  long,  with 
a  ctenidium  of  about  50  long,  pointed  spines  and  short  setae  in  the 
posterior  part  of  the  surface  and  laterally.  Sternite  III  long,  with 
a  uniform  row  of  moderately  long  setae  posteriorly  and  about  6  rows 
of  short  setae  on  the  surface  which  are  shorter  posteriorly;  a  few 
long  vertical  setae  in  the  last  row  of  the  surface.  Sternite  IV  with  a 
similar  marginal  row  and  only  one  row  of  short  setae  on  the  surface 
which  is  double  laterally.  Sternite  V  laterally  with  2  narrow 
sclerites,  each  with  a  straight  posterior  and  a  rounded  anterior 
margin;  two  long,  vertical  setae  at  the  lateral  comers  of  each 
sclerite,  and  with  4  -  5  horizontal  setae  towards  the  middle  and 
2  -  3  shorter  vertical  setae  near  the  margin.  Sternite  VI  undivided, 
with  strongly  convex  anterior  and  slightly  convex  posterior  margin, 
with  2  long  vertical  setae  at  the  posterior  lateral  corners  and  shorter 


Dec.  31,  1964  new  species  of  nycteribiidae  109 

horizontal  setae  along  the  posterior  margin;  1  or  2  rows  of  short, 
vertical  setae  on  the  surface.  Sternite  VII  rounded  posteriorly,  more 
strongly  sclerotized  laterally,  with  several  moderately  long  setae 
laterally  and  posteriorly.  Anal  sclerite  small,  drop-shaped,  with  two 
setae;  not  connected  with  the  genital  plate.  Adanal  plates  triangular, 
with  2-3  setae  at  the  distal  end;  near  their  proximal  ends  are  two 
small,  sclerotized  areas  with  a  scaly  surface.  Genital  plate  with  4 
setae  and  a  triangular  field  of  small  spines  anterior  to  it  (Fig.  6). 

Basilia  mimoni  belongs  to  the  ferruginea  group  of  the  subgenus 
which  has  posterior  processes  on  tergal  plate  II,  absence  of  tergal 
plate  III,  and  sternite  VI  undivided.  Among  the  species  of  the 
group  it  resembles  B.  rondanii  and  B.  silvae.  It  differs  from  B. 
rondanii  in  the  female  in  having  only  4  setae  on  the  anterior  margin 
of  the  head,  in  the  form  of  the  tibiae,  in  the  absence  of  a  median 
process  on  the  posterior  plate  of  the  mesonotum  and  in  the  chaeto- 
taxy  of  the  abdomen.  It  has  only  1  -  2  setae  on  the  posterior  processes 
of  tergal  plate  II,  while  B.  rondanii  has  4  -  6  such  setae.  In  the 
male  it  differs  in  the  arrangement  of  the  spines  on  sternite  V  and  in 
the  genitalia. 

B.  mimoni  differs  from  B.  silvae  in  having  10-12  notopleural 
setae,  in  the  female  in  having  longer  setae  at  the  posterior  margin  of 
tergite  I,  a  much  shorter  tergal  plate  II  with  only  1  -  2  setae  on  the 
posterior  processes,  shorter  setae  on  the  pleurae  and  a  different  anal 
segment.  There  are  14-16  spines  in  a  compact  group  on  sternite  V 
in  the  male,  while  there  are  20  such  spines  in  B.  silvae,  and  the 
genitalia  are  different. 

B.  mimoni  is  also  closely  related  to  B.  tiptoni,  a  species  recently 
described  from  Panama,  but  differs  from  it  in  the  absence  of  a  digiti- 
form  process  on  the  posterior  plate  of  the  mesonotum,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  posterior  processes  on  tergite  I  of  the  female,  and  in  the 
much  shorter  tergal  plate  II  with  only  1-2  setae  on  the  posterior 
processes  {B.  tiptoni  has  4  such  setae),  the  shorter  setae  on  the 
pleurae  and  a  different  fomi  of  the  anal  segment.  In  the  male  it 
differs  in  having  14-16  spines  on  sternite  V,  some  of  which  are 
longer  than  the  others,  while  there  are  only  11  such  setae  of  about 
equal  length  in  B.  tiptoni. 

Holotype  female,  2  male  and  5  female  paratypes  in  the  Chicago 
Natural  History  Museum.  One  male  and  one  female  paratypes  in 
the  Department  of  Parasitology,  Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem. 
Host:  Mimon  crenulatum,  Rio  Yavary,  Department  Loreto,  Peru, 
October  2,  1957.  Coll.  Celestino  Kalinowski.  Zool.  Peru  Exped. 
1956-57. 

Basilia  jellisoni  n.  sp. 

Fmale.    Length  2.2.  mm.  color  yellowish,  possibly  bleached. 

Head  with  6  setae  at  the  anterior  dorsal  margin.  Labella  of  the 
labium  half  the  length  of  the  theca. 

Thorax  wider  than  long;  length  to  width  =  3:4.  Median  ster- 
nal suture  widened  in  the  middle;  oblique  sutures  forming  an  angle 
of  about  90°.     Posterior  margin  with  a  row  of  short  setae  and  1  -2 


no 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
THEODOR  AND   PETERSON  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 


posterior  part,  ventral;   6,  anal  and  genital  plates. 


Dec.  31,  1964 


NEW  SPECIES  OF  NYCTERIBIIDAE 


111 


longer  setae  laterally.  Mesonotum  wide,  posterior  plate  without  a 
process.  Lateral  plate  of  the  notopleural  suture  wide,  with  10  noto- 
pleural  setae.  Tibiae  very  long,  slender;  mid  tibia  6  times  longer 
than  wide,  with  3  rows  of  setae  in  the  middle  of  the  ventral  margin, 
those  of  the  distal  row  long,  reaching  beyond  the  tip  of  the  tibia 
(Fig.  7). 

Abdomen  (Figs.  8-9).  Tergite  I  hexagonal,  with  two  groups  of 
4  very  long  and  one  shorter  setae  at  the  posterior  margin  and  a 
wide  gap  between  the  two  groups;  several  short  setae  laterally  at  the 
posterior  margin;  a  pigmented  stripe  along  the  lateral  margins  and 
a  few  short  setae  on  the  surface.  Tergal  plate  II  long,  heart-shaped, 
with  broad,  truncate  posterior  processes  which  bear  3  long  setae,  an 
irregular,  double  row  of  8-10  very  long  spines,  and  with  4-6 
shorter  setae  at  the  posterior  lateral  margins;  some  short,  thick 
setae  on  the  surface,  some  along  the  median  division  line,  the  others 
lateral  to  a  broad,  pigmented  stripe  which  runs  from  the  posterior 
processes  into  the  middle  of  each  half.  Tergal  plate  III  very  large, 
trapezoidal,  bare  on  the  surface  and  with  a  group  of  2  -  3  long  setae 
and  about  6  long  spines  at  the  posterior  lateral  corners  and  a  concave 
gap  between  them;  both  setae  and  spines  shorter  than  on  tergal 
plate  II.  Anal  segment,  in  dorsal  view,  nearly  completely  covered  by 


Figs.   7-9,  Basilia  jellisoni  n.  sp.,  female.  7,  mid  tibia;  8,  abdomen  and  anal 
segment,  dorsal;  9,  abdomen,  posterior  part,  ventral. 


The  Great  Basin  iNaturalist 
112  THEODOR  AND  PETERSON  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

tergal  plate  III;  it  is  wider  than  long,  bare  on  the  surface  and  has 
1  -  2  longer  setae  posteriorly  and  shorter  setae  laterally.  Pleurae  with 
numerous  setae  of  moderate  length  and  very  short  spines  posteriorly. 
Postspiracular  sclerite  narrow,  curved,  with  3  longer  setae  at  the 
end  and  very  short  spines  along  the  posterior  margin.  Sternite  I  +  II 
very  wide,  with  a  ctenidium  of  64  long,  pointed  spines.  Sternites  III 
and  IV  with  longer  setae  at  the  posterior  margin,  sternite  III  cov- 
ered with  short  setae.  Sternite  IV  with  a  similar  marginal  row  and 
apparently  no  setae  on  the  surface.  This  is  difficult  to  make  out, 
since  the  specimen  is  contracted.  Sternite  V  with  2  widely  separated 
narrow  sclerites  with  2  long  setae  at  the  lateral  comers,  shorter 
setae  towards  the  middle  and  a  few  setae  on  the  surface.  Sternite  VI 
large,  broad,  rectangular,  with  straight  posterior  margin,  long  setae 
at  the  posterior  lateral  comers  and  shorter  setae  which  stand  more 
closely  in  the  middle  at  the  posterior  margin;  several  rows  of  short 
setae  on  the  surface.  Sternite  VII  much  narrower,  rounded  posterior- 
ly, incompletely  divided  in  the  middle  and  with  a  small,  rounded 
process  in  the  middle  of  the  posterior  margin;  long  setae  at  the  sides 
of  the  posterior  margin  and  4  -  5  shorter  setae  on  the  surface  in  the 
posterior  lateral  part.  Anal  sclerite  with  2  setae  at  the  apex,  widen- 
ing basally.  Adanal  plates  triangular,  with  a  few  short  setae  at  the 
end.  Genital  plate  with  4  setae. 

Male  unknown. 

The  single  specimen  available  (M-395)  was  collected  from 
My  Otis  yumanensis  taken  at  Frenchtown,  Missoula  Co.,  Montana, 
July  7,  1958,  by  F.Bell. 

These  data  are  uncertain  and  thus  provisional,  but  it  seems 
desirable,  however,  to  have  the  specimen  described  as  it  shows  a 
number  of  unusual  characters.  Female  holotype  in  the  Chicago 
Natural  History  Museum. 

Only  four  American  species  of  Basilia  possess  a  3rd  tergal  plate. 
Of  these,  B.  antrozoi  and  B.  pizonychus  differ  from  B.  jellisoni  in  the 
shape  of  tergal  plate  II,  in  the  divided  tergal  plate  III  and  other 
characters.  Basilia  anomala  differs  in  the  shape  of  the  posterior 
processes  of  tergal  plate  II  and  the  spines  on  them,  the  different 
shape  of  tergal  plate  III,  the  setae  on  the  pleurae  and  the  different 
shape  of  sternites  V  and  VI.  Basilia  forcipata  differs  in  the  much 
shorter  tergal  plate  II,  the  presence  of  setae  on  the  surface  of  tergal 
plate  III,  the  much  longer  anal  segment  and  other  characters. 

Basilia  magnoculus  Schuurmans-Stekhoven,  1942 
Zeitschr.   Parasitenk.   12:533 

The  species  belongs  to  the  rtattereri  group  of  the  subgenus  and 
has  reduced,  weakly  pigmented  eyes,  consisting  usually  of  a  single 
ocellus,  sometimes  of  two.  It  was  described  from  Java  from  Myotis 
horsfieldi  and  Scotophilus  temmincki,  and  it  is  also  known  from 
Amboina. 

The  specimen  recorded  here  (A.P.  23473)  is  a  female  from 
Myotis  horsfieldi  collected  by  W.  L.  Jellison  in  Borneo,  November, 
1941. 


Dec.  31,  1964  new  species  of  nycteribiidae  113 

Basilia  pudibunda  Schuurmans-Stekhoven,  1941 
Bull.  Hist.  Nat.  Belg.  17:1 

This  species  also  belongs  to  the  nattereri  group  and  is  easily  rec- 
ognized by  the  characteristic  structure  of  tergal  plate  II  which  is 
divided  into  four  longitudinal  parts. 

The  species  was  described  from  Boentok  in  Borneo  from  a  ves- 
pertilionid  bat.  It  has  also  been  found  in  Thailand  on  Myotis  hors- 
fieldi,  in  Indochina  on  Cynopterus  brachyotis  artgulatus,  and  in  East 
Sumatra. 

The  specimen  recorded  here  (A.P.23512)  is  a  female  from 
Myotis  horsfieldi  collected  in  Singapore  by  W.  L.  Jellison  in  Novem- 
ber, 1941. 

Subgenus  Tripselia  Scott,  1917 
Basilia  {Tripselia)  iriseriata  Theodor 

The  species  has  been  described  from  a  single  male  from  Selangor, 
Malaya,  from  Nyctalus  stenopterus  in  a  revision  of  the  family 
which  is  now  in  press.'  The  holotype  is  in  the  Chicago  Natural 
History  Museum. 

The  specimen  recorded  here  (A.P.23475)  is  also  a  male,  from 
Malaya,  from  Nyctalus  stenopterus,  collected  by  W.  L.  Jellison  in 
November,  1941. 

Genus  Penicillidia  Kolenati,  1863 
PenicilUdia  godivae  n.  sp. 

Male.     Length  4  mm.  Color  light  brown,  probably  bleached. 

Head.  The  whole  dorsal  surface  densely  covered  with  long, 
light  brown  setae.  Eyes  small,  little  protruding  above  the  surface. 
Palpus  wide,  ventral  surface  covered  with  numerous  setae,  the  ter- 
minal seta  not  differentiated.  Labella  of  labium  about  as  long  as  the 
theca. 

Thorax.  Wider  than  long;  length  to  width  =  2:3.  Mesonotum 
wide,  nearly  parallel-sided  with  a  large  posterior  plate.  About  15 
notopleural  setae  which  are  double  anteriorly  and  posteriorly,  the 
row  is  single  in  the  middle  and  the  setae  more  widely  spaced. 
Lateral  plate  of  the  notopleural  suture  narrow,  parallel-sided  (Fig. 
10).  Femora  very  thick,  twice  as  wide  as  the  tibiae,  uniformly  cov- 
ered with  long  thin  setae  on  the  anterior  and  dorsal  surface.  Tibiae 
slender,  4.5  times  as  long  as  wide,  with  4  rows  of  long  setae,  the 
distal  row  very  near  the  tip  and  reaching  beyond  it;  dorsal  side 
thickly  covered  with  long,  thin  setae  (Fig.  11). 

Abdomen.  Tergite  I  broadly  rounded,  with  pigmented  rounded 
stripes  laterally.  Tergites  II  -  VI  and  anal  segment  uniformly  and 
densely  covered  with  long,  thin,  light  brown  setae.  Sternite  I  +  II 
rounded,  with  a  ctenidium  of  40  short  spines  which  are  longer  lat- 
erally; the  spaces  between  the  spines  are  as  wide  as  the  spines  in  the 
middle  and  slightly  wider  laterally;  some  long  preapical  setae 
laterally  and  a  few  short  setae  between  the  spines.  Stemites  III  and 

3  O.  Theodor,  An  illustrated  catalogue  of  the  Nycteribiidae  in  the  Rothschild  Collection  and 
the  British  Museum.  In  press. 


114 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
THEODOR  AND  PETERSON         Vol.   XXIV,   Nos.  3-4 


Figs    10-13,  Penicillidia  godivae  n.  sp.,   male.   10,   dorsal  pattern  of  thorax; 
11,  mid  leg;   12,  sternites  IV  and  V  and  genital  area;   13,  genitalia. 


Dec.  31,  1964  new  species  of  nycteribiidae  115 

IV  short  and  wide,  with  marginal  rows  of  long  setae  laterally  and 
shorter  setae  in  the  middle;  some  setae  laterally  on  the  surface, 
middle  bare.  Sternite  V  much  less  wide,  concave  posteriorly,  incom- 
pletely divided  in  the  middle,  with  two  flat,  rounded,  lateral  pro- 
cesses with  about  30  short,  thick  spines  which  are  characteristic  for 
the  dufourii  group;  adjacent  to  them,  towards  the  middle,  two  groups 
of  longer  spines  in  2  -  3  rows  which  reach  nearly  to  the  middle,  and 
between  them  a  few  thin  setae;  anterior  to  the  spines,  a  row  of  long, 
thin  setae  and  a  group  of  such  setae  laterally  (Fig.  12). 

Genitalia  (Figs.  12-13).  Clasper  thick,  slightly  curved,  with  a 
dark  point  and  many  setae  on  the  dorsal  side  in  the  basal  half. 
Basal  arc  with  triangular  halves.  Basal  plate  triangular,  with  an 
indentation  anteriorly.  Two  short  setae  near  the  base  of  the  phallo- 
base.  Aedeagus  straight,  with  rounded  tip  and  small  spines  at  the 
ventral  side  of  the  anterior  membranous  end.  Paramere  triangular, 
with  a  curved  ventral  margin  and  a  relatively  long,  pointed  tip;  4 
short  setae  at  the  dorsal  margin  and  a  few  minute  hairs  at  the  sides. 

Female  unknown. 

The  species  belongs  to  the  dufourii  group  and  is  the  first  repre- 
sentative of  this  group  to  be  found  outside  the  Palaearctic  Region. 
It  differs  from  the  other  species  of  the  group  in  the  absence  of  long 
and  strong  setae  which  are  replaced  by  a  large  number  of  very  fine 
and  long  setae.  The  male  differs  also  in  the  arrangement  of  the 
spines  on  sternite  V  and  in  details  of  the  genitalia. 

Holotype  male  (A.P.23474)  from  Pipistrellus  ridleyi,  Singapore, 
November,  1941.  Coll.  W.  L.  Jellison.  Type  deposited  in  the  Chicago 
Natural  History  Museum. 


UNDESCRIBED   SPECIES  OF  NEARCTIC   TIPULIDAE 
(DIPTERA)    V. 

Charles  P.  Alexander' 

The  crane-flies  discussed  at  this  time  are  from  Cahfornia  where 
they  were  derived  from  a  variety  of  sources  and  taken  by  different 
collectors  as  indicated  under  the  individual  species.  The  materials 
were  found  in  collections  that  are  being  studied  in  conjunction  with 
the  preparation  of  the  Insect  Survey  Bulletin  covering  the  Tipulidae 
and  related  families.  I  express  my  thanks  to  the  entomologists  who 
have  taken  these  specimens,  some  representing  species  of  unusual 
interest. 

Pedicia  (Pedicia)  bellamyana,  n.sp. 

Generally  similar  to  magnifica  in  the  wing  pattern;  wings  nar- 
row, cell  Ml  lacking. 

Female. —  Length  about  28  mm.;  wing  22.5  x  4.6  mm. 

Rostrum  huffy  brown,  apical  margin  narrowly  darker  brown; 
palpi  brown,  terminal  segment  darker.  Antennae  with  scape  and 
pedicel  obscure  yellow;  flagellum  broken.  Head  brownish  gray, 
more  buffy  behind;  vertical  tubercle  very  conspicuous  by  a  circular 
basal  impression. 

Pronotum  yellowed,  sides  of  scutum  and  adjacent  edge  of  pro- 
pleura  with  a  brown  area.  Mesonotal  praescutum  grayish  white 
with  four  stripes,  the  narrow  intermediate  pair  chestnut  brown,  nar- 
rowed behind,  reaching  the  suture,  the  central  ground  area  obscured, 
especially  in  front;  lateral  stripes  broader  but  much  paler;  a  small 
darkened  mark  on  scutum  behind  the  point  of  the  suture;  scutal 
lobes  very  pale  brown;  posterior  sclerites  of  notum  whitened,  the 
anterior  part  of  the  pleurotergite  a  trifle  darker.  Pleura  light  yellow, 
the  pteropleurite  whitened;  margins  of  the  dorsopleural  membrane 
with  very  narrow  interrupted  brown  lines.  Halteres  with  stem  whit- 
ened, knob  light  brown.  Legs  with  coxae  grayish  yellow,  trochanters 
slightly  darker;  remainder  of  legs  obscure  yellow,  outer  tarsal  seg- 
ments a  trifle  darker,  ventrally  with  dense  darkened  setae.  Wings 
narrow,  as  shown  by  the  measurements;  the  restricted  ground  whit- 
ened, with  the  dark  pattern  arranged  much  as  in  magnifica,  that  is, 
with  a  broad  pale  brown  posterior  border,  interrupted  only  in  cell 
/?4;  darkened  costal  border  broad,  palest  in  base  of  cell  C;  central 
stripe  darkest,  behind  narrowly  bordered  by  still  darker,  this  color 
also  on  the  cephalic  edge  of  the  stripe  before  the  cord  and  on  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  costal  darkening  behind  Rs,  no  darkened  ex- 
tension on  the  central  darkening  along  the  distal  section  of  Cwi;  veins 
yellowed.  Venation:  Scn  opposite  origin  of  Rs,  the  latter  very  long; 
/?i+2  nearly  four  times  Rn.,  r-m  at  or  just  beyond  fork  of  Rs,  petiole 
of  cell  /?4  relatively  long,  exceeding  one-half  r-m-^  cell  Mi  lacking; 

1 .    Amherst,   Massachusetts. 

117 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
118  CHARLES  P.   ALEXANDER  Vol.  XXIV,  Nos.  3-4 

cord  very  oblique,  inner  end  of  cell  1st  M2  acutely  pointed;  m-cu 
gently  sinuous;  cell  M4  relatively  narrow. 

Abdomen  elongate;  tergites  buffy,  segments  one  to  three  with  a 
median  brown  stripe,  darkest  on  the  first  segment,  narrowed  on  the 
third,  becoming  obsolete  behind;  sternites  more  yellowed,  basal  two 
segments  with  a  paler  brown  central  line. 

Habitat. —  California   (Tulare  and  Plumas  Counties). 

HoLOTYPE,  9  ,  IMineral  King,  south  of  Sequoia  National  Park, 
Tulare  County,  September  2,  1962  (Richard  A.  Bellamy);  Alexander 
Collection  through  Richard  E.  Bellamy.  Paratype,  9  ,  Benner  Creek, 
6  miles  northwest  of  Chester  on  Juniper  Lake  Road,  Plumas  County, 
August  20,  1963  (Mrs.  La  Verne  Erwin) ;  collection  of  San  Jose 
State  College. 

I  take  pleasure  in  dedicating  this  species  to  Dr.  Richard  E.  Bel- 
lamy, fellow  worker  on  the  Tipulidae.  This  striking  fly  is  most 
similar  to  Pedicia  (Pedicia)  magnifica  Hine  (British  Columbia, 
Idaho,  Oregon),  differing  evidently  in  the  narrow  wings  and  the  loss 
of  cell  A/i.  This  latter  character  is  identical  in  both  specimens  that 
are  available  and  must  be  assumed  to  represent  a  normal  condition, 
unique  among  the  approximately  twenty  known  species  of  the 
subgenus. 

Dicranota  (Rhaphidolabis)  sanctaeluciae,  n.sp. 

Allied  to  stigma  and  uniplagia;  mesonotum  gray,  praescutum 
with  three  black  stripes;  legs  black,  femoral  bases  more  yellowed; 
wings  weaky  suffused,  stigma  large,  darker  brown;  r-m  at  or  just 
beyond  the  fork  of  /?4+5;  male  hypopygium  with  the  emargination 
of  the  tergite  relatively  narrow,  lateral  tergal  armature  not  spinoid; 
dististyle  relatively  stout. 

Male. —  Length  about  7  mm.;  wing  8  mm.;  antenna  about  1mm. 

Rostrum  gray;  palpi  black.  Antennae  short,  14-segmented,  black; 
first  flagellar  segment  elongate,  subequal  to  segments  two  and  three 
combined,  remaining  segments  short-subcylindrical,  the  outer  ones 
longer,  subequal  to  their  verticils.  Head  gray. 

Pronotum  dark  gray.  Mesonotum  gray,  praescutum  with  three 
black  stripes,  the  central  one  broad;  vestiture  of  the  interspaces  long, 
yellow;  scutal  lobes  extensively  blackened.  Pleura  dark  gray;  dorso- 
pleural  membrane  obscure  brownish  yellow.  Halteres  with  stem 
yellow,  knob  infuscated.  Legs  with  coxae  gray;  trochanters  brownish 
yelow;  remainder  of  legs  brownish  back  to  black,  femoral  bases  more 
yellowed.  Wings  weakly  suffused;  stigma  large,  darker  brown;  veins 
brownish  black.  Venation:  r-m  at  or  just  beyond  the  fork  of  /?4+5; 
fork  of  Mi+2  short. 

Abdominal  tergites  brownish  gray,  the  posterior  borders  very 
narrowly  yellow;  sternites  paler  brown;  vestiture  of  segments  long 
and  conspicuous,  yellow.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  tergite  very 
large,  much  as  in  uniplagia-^  posterior  border  with  a  narrow  U-shaped 
emargination,  the  broad  lateral  lobes  obliquely  truncated,  provided 
with  abundant  long  setae;  lateral  tergal  spines  not  clearly  developed, 
as  in  uniplagia.  Basistyle  with  outer  apical  lobe  small,  with  very 


Dec.  31,  1964  new  nearctic  tipulidae  119 

long  setae  and  two  or  three  short  blackened  spinoid  setae;  inner  lobe 
larger,  with  numerous  blackened  spinoid  setae.  Dististyle  relatively 
stout,  with  a  strong  lateral  carina. 

Habitat. —  California  (Monterey  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  cf,  Salmon  Creek,  Santa  Lucia  Mountains,  Los 
Padres  National  Forest,  along  a  small  rocky  tributary  on  rocks  close 
to  water.  May  2,  1964  (C.  P.  Alexander);  Alexander  Collection. 
Paratopotypes,  3  d  d -,  (Dennis  Hynes);  Hynes  Collection,  Nos. 
1243,  1244,  1245.  male  hypopygia  on  microscope  slides. 

Doctor  Hynes  and  I  collected  this  species  while  on  a  trip  into  the 
Santa  Lucia  Mountains,  a  wonderful  rugged  area  that  evidently 
supports  a  rich  and  varied  crane-fly  fauna  that  is  becoming  known 
through  the  efforts  of  Dr.  Hynes.  The  only  other  regional  species 
having  male  hypopygia  with  the  tergite  emarginate  as  in  this  fly  are 
Dicranota  (Rhaphidolabis)  stigma  Alexander,  of  Washington,  and 
D.  (/?.)  uniplagia  Alexander,  of  Oregon,  both  readily  separated  by 
the  details  of  venation  and  structure  of  the  hypopygium,  as  de- 
scribed. There  is  no  darkened  discal  cloud  on  the  wing  such  as  is 
found  in  uniplagia. 

Phyllolabis  hurdi,  n.sp. 

Size  relatively  large  (wing  of  male  9.5  mm.);  general  coloration 
gray,  praescutum  with  three  brown  stripes;  wings  whitened,  re- 
strictedly  patterned  with  brown,  including  seams  at  cord  and  origin 
of  Rs;  no  stigmal  trichia;  vein  R^  perpendicular  at  origin,  with  a 
conspicuous  spur;  male  hypopygium  with  the  basistyle  tumid,  outer 
end  narrowed  and  decurved;  lobe  of  ninth  stemite  massive,  very 
large  and  complex. 

Male. —  Length  about  8.5  mm.;  wing  9.5  mm.;  antenna  about 
2  mm. 

Rostrum  dark  gray;  palpi  brownish  black.  Antennae  brownish 
black,  scape  more  pruinose;  flagellar  segments  long-oval  to  elongate, 
exceeding  their  verticils.   Head  light  gray. 

Pronotal  scutum  gray,  vaguely  patterned  with  pale  browTi;  a 
group  of  black  setae  at  each  posterior  angle.  Mesonotal  praescutum 
clear  gray  with  three  brown  stripes;  central  vitta  broad,  not  reaching 
the  suture;  pseudosutural  foveae  black;  scutum  and  postnotum  gray, 
each  scutal  lobe  with  two  brown  areas,  the  lateral  one  larger;  pos- 
terior border  of  scutellum  slightly  more  reddened.  Pleura  gray. 
Halteres  whitened.  Legs  with  all  coxae  and  trochanters  yellow; 
femora  brownish  yellow,  tibiae  darker,  tarsi  passing  into  dark 
brown.  Wings  whitened,  restrictedly  patterned  with  brown,  the 
markings  restricted  to  the  vicinity  of  the  veins,  including  broad 
seams  at  origin  of  Rs  and  over  the  cord,  with  narrower  areas  on  m 
and  basal  section  of  vein  7?^;  veins  brown.  Venation:  Both  5"^  and 
Sc.  beyond  the  fork  of  Rs;  /?2+ut  longer  than  R^;  R^  perpendicular  at 
origin,  at  the  bend  with  a  long  spur  directed  basad;  weak  spurs  near 
origin  of  Rs  and  near  the  cephalic  end  of  basal  section  of  Mi+o,  both 
directed  basad;  basal  section  of  Ma  long,  exceeding  twice  m.  No 
stigmal  trichia,  such  as  present  in  encousta;  macrotrichia  on  longi- 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
120  CHARLES  P.   ALEXANDER  Vol.  XXIV,  NoS.  3-4 

tudinal  veins,  sparse  and  scattered  on  basal  third  of  Sc,  lacking  on 
bases  of  Cui  and  2nd  A. 

Abdomen  brown.  Male  hypopygium  with  the  posterior  border  of 
tergite  terminating  in  a  compact  group  of  a  few  elongate  setae. 
Basistyle  tumid,  narrowed  outwardly,  the  tip  slightly  decurved, 
obtuse  before  apex  with  a  lateral  flange,  nearer  the  base  with  a 
group  of  about  12  strong  setae  arranged  in  a  double  row.  Dististyle 
subterminal,  bilobed,  the  larger  lobe  pendant  at  base  of  style  with  a 
longer  whitened  lobe  provided  with  many  long  delicate  white  setae 
from  conspicuous  brown  punctures  to  produce  a  freckled  appearance. 
Appendage  of  ninth  sternite  massive,  very  large  and  complex  in 
structure,  projecting  caudad  beyond  the  level  of  the  basistyle. 

Habitat. —  California  (Madera  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  cT,  San  Joachim  Experiment  Station,  February  22, 
1953    (P.  D.  Hurd,  Jr.);  California  Insect  Survey  Collection. 

I  am  pleased  to  dedicate  the  species  to  the  collector,  Dr.  Paul  D. 
Hurd,  Jr.,  student  of  the  Hymenoptera.  This  is  an  unsually  distinct 
species,  differing  from  all  others  in  the  Neararctic  fauna  by  the 
wing  pattern  and  hypopygial  structure.  The  only  other  regional 
species  with  patterned  wings  is  Phyllolabis  myriosticta  Alexander 
which  has  abundant  brown  spots  and  dots  in  all  the  cells  and  with 
the  hypopygial  structure  entirely  different. 

Limnophila  (Phylidorea)  burdicki,  n.sp. 

General  coloration  of  thorax  dull  fulvous  to  light  brown;  anten- 
nal  flagellum  obscure  yellow;  knobs  of  halteres  darkened;  femora 
obscure  yellow,  narrowly  darkened  at  and  before  tips;  wings  whitish, 
restrictedly  patterned  with  brown,  including  the  wing  tip,  Cu  and 
Anal  veins;  abdomen  fulvous  yellow,  the  outer  three  or  four  seg- 
ments blackened;  male  hypopygium  with  the  tergal  lobe  divided, 
each  lobule  blackened,  with  a  conspicuous  lateral  extension  or  flange; 
inner  gonapophysis  slender,  straight;  all  three  filaments  of  aedeagus 
elongate,  subequal  in  length  and  diameter,  the  paired  elements 
slightly  expanded  at  tips. 

Male.—  Length  about  12-13  mm.;  wing  11-12  mm. 

Female. —  Length  about  13  mm.;  wing  12  mm. 

Rostrum  brownish  black;  palpi  black.  Antennae  with  scape  light 
brown,  remainder  of  organ  obscure  yellow;  flagellar  segments  short- 
er than  their  verticils.  Head  light  gray. 

Thoracic  dorsum  almost  uniformly  dull  fulvous  to  light  brown, 
the  posterior  sclerites  and  pleura  more  whitened  to  appear  pruinose. 
Halteres  pale,  knobs  darkened.  Legs  with  coxae  reddish  brown;  tro- 
chanters fulvous;  femora  obscure  yellow,  fore  pair  with  tips  nar- 
rowly more  darkened,  the  other  legs  with  the  marking  slightly  more 
subterminal,  in  cases  the  femora  more  uniformly  pale  throughout; 
tarsi  darkened.  Wings  whitish,  stigma  oval,  dark  brown;  a  restricted 
but  evident  paler  brown  pattern  that  includes  seams  over  cord  and 
along  vein  Cu,  the  wing  tip  and  anal  veins  more  diffusely  darkened. 


Dec.  31,  1964  new  nearctic  tipulidae  121 

Abdomen  fulvous  yellow,  the  outer  three  or  four  segments  more 
blackened,  the  dististyles  of  the  male  hypopygium  more  brightened. 
Male  hypopygium  with  the  tergal  lobe  divided  medially  by  pale 
membrane,  each  lobule  blackened,  with  a  conspicuous  lateral  exten- 
sion or  flange.  Outer  dististyle  with  distal  end  triangularly  expand- 
ed, the  outer  angle  farther  produced;  inner  style  with  base  slightly 
expanded,  outer  half  slender.  Lateral  arms  pale,  triangularly  ex- 
panded outwardly.  Gonapophyses  with  basal  struts  longer  than  the 
unsually  slender  straight  outer  rods.  Aedeagus  with  all  three  fila- 
ments elongate,  subequal  in  length  and  diameter,  the  paired  ele- 
ments slightly  expanded  at  tips. 

Habitat. —  California  (Sonoma  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  cT.  4  miles  west  of  Plantation,  May  1,  1958  (Donald 
Burdick);  California  Insect  Survey  Collection.  Allotopotype,  ?, 
pinned  with  type.  Paratopotypes,  3  cT  cT,  May  1  -  8,  1958. 

The  species  is  named  for  the  collector.  Dr.  Donald  Burdick.  The 
most  similar  species  include  Limnophila  {Phylidorea)  columbiana 
Alexander  and  L.  (P.)  snoqualmiensis  Alexander,  which  differ  in 
slight  details  of  coloration  of  the  body,  legs  and  wings  and  in  hy- 
popygial  structure.  The  lateral  filaments  of  the  aedeagus  in  both 
of  these  species  are  very  slender  and  not  at  all  expanded  at  their 
tips.  The  superficially  similar  regional  species  L.  (P.)  flavapila 
Doane    is  readily    told    by   the   entire   median    tergal   lobe   of   the 

hypopygium. 

Rhabdomastix  {Sacandaga)  neolurida  flaviventris,  n.  subsp. 

Most  similar  to  Rhabdomastix  {Sacandaga)  neolurida  setigera 
Alexander  (Colorado),  differing  in  slight  details  of  coloration  and 
trichiation  of  the  wing  veins.  Antennae  shorter.  Wings  broad,  as  in 
setigera,  the  cells  correspondingly  widened;  vein  2nd  A  without 
trichia.  Abdomen,  including  the  hypopygium,  yellowed. 

Habitat. —  California  (San  Bernardino  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  cf,  Barton  Flats,  San  Bernardino  Mountains,  6300 
feet,  July  31,  1946  (John  Sperry);  Alexander  Collection. 

Ormosia  (Ormosia)  nobilis,  n.sp. 

Size  very  large  (wing  and  body  about  10  mm.);  antennae  of 
male  very  long;  general  coloration  of  mesonotal  praescutum  light 
cinnamon  with  three  brown  stripes,  pseudosutural  fovae  black,  con- 
spicuous; femora  obscure  yellow,  tibiae  and  tarsi  brown;  male  hy- 
popygium with  the  tergite  broad,  apex  very  shallowly  emarginate, 
the  outer  lobes  with  dense  setal  brushes;  phallosome  including  a 
Y-shaped  central  structure  and  paired  gonaphphyses. 

Male. —  Length  about  10  mm.;  wing  10  mm.;  antenna  about 
9  mm. 

Rostrum  and  palpi  brownish  black.  Antennae  of  male  very  long, 
nearly  equal  to  the  body  or  wing;  scape  and  pedicel  brownish  yel- 
low, flagellum  dark  brown;  flagellar  segments  elongate  subcylindri- 
cal,  a  little  more  thickened  at  their  bases,  with  long  outspreading 


The  Great  Basin  Naturalist 
122  CHARLES  P.  ALEXANDER  Vol.    XXIV,   Nos.   3-4 

setae,  those  near  base  of  segment  longest,  exceeding  one-half  the 
segment,  the  longest  subequal  to  the  blackened  verticils.  Head  dark 
brown. 

Pronotal  scutum  medium  brown,  scutellum  obscure  yellow. 
Mesonotal  praescutum  light  cinnamon  or  dull  orange,  with  three 
brown  stripes,  the  median  one  broad;  tuberculate  pits  and  pseudo- 
sutural  foveae  black,  the  latter  conspicuous;  scutum  chiefly  dark 
brown,  the  posterior  callosities  yellowed;  scutellum  brownish  yellow, 
postnotum  a  little  darker.  Pleura  brown,  vaguely  patterned  with 
brighter,  especially  on  the  propleura  and  mesepisternum.  Halteres 
whitish  yellow,  the  knobs  more  orange  yellow.  Legs  wdth  coxae 
brownish  yellow;  trochanters  yellow;  femora  obscure  yellow,  tibiae 
and  tarsi  brown.  Wings  (a  single  wing  of  type  present)  weakly  in- 
fuscated,  stigma  slightly  darker;  veins  brown.  Venation:  Sci  ending 
just  beyond  the  level  of  Ro,  the  latter  shorter  than  R2+3;  ce\\2nd  Mg 
nearly  five  times  its  petiole;  m-cu  at  fork  of  M;  vein  2nd  A  gently 
sinuous  on  outer  half. 

Abdomen  dark  brown,  hypopy^ium  a  trifle  paler.  Male  hypo- 
pygium  with  the  tergite  broad,  slightly  narrowed  on  outer  half, 
posterior  border  very  shallowly  emarginate  to  form  low  broad  lateral 
lobes  that  bear  dense  brushes  of  relatively  long  setae.  Apex  of  basi- 
style  produced  into  a  lobe.  Outer  dististyle  narrowly  scoop-shaped, 
outer  face  blackened,  microscopically  scabrous,  mesal  part  pale  with 
delicate  blackened  setae;  inner  style  subequal  in  length,  broader, 
horn-yellow,  glabrous.  Phallosome  including  the  slender  aedeagus, 
a  conspicuous  Y-shaped  central  structure  and  paired  gonapophyses 
that  appear  as  strong  curved  hooks,  their  blackened  tips  acute,  with 
extensive  flattened  basal  expansions  that  are  not  in  condition  to 
describe  or  figure  further  on  the  present  material. 

Habitat. —  California  (Alameda  County). 

HoLOTYPE,  cf ,  Berkeley,  November  18,  1951  (J.  W.  Hinerman); 
California  Insect  Survey  Collection. 

This  is  the  largest  and  most  conspicuous  American  member  of 
the  subgenus.  It  is  most  similar  to  species  such  as  Ormosia  (Ormosia) 
perspectabilis  Alexander  and  O.  (O.)  upsilon  Alexander  in  the  elon- 
gate male  antennae,  differing  in  the  great  length  of  the  latter,  and 
in  the  hypopygial  structure,  particularly  the  tergite,  dististyles  and 
phallosome. 


INDEX   TO   VOLUME   XXIV 

The  new  genera  and  species  described  in  this  volume  appear  in  bold 
face  type  in  this  index. 


Alyssum  Turgidum:  A  New  Spe- 
cies from  Iran,  7. 

Alyssum  turgidum   Dudley,  7. 

A  New  Species  of  Chigger  (Aca- 
rina,  Trombiculidae)  from  Liz- 
ards of  Western  No.  Am.,  13. 

Alexander,  Charles  P.,  Articles  by, 
19,  117. 

A  Brief  Historical  Resume  of  Her- 
petological  Studies  in  the  Great 
Basin  of  the  Western  United 
States,  37. 

Allred,  Dorald  M.,  Articles  by,  17, 
93. 

Afrotingis,  n.  gen.,  90. 

Afrotingis  eumenes,  92. 

Anderson,  Arthur  O.,  Article  by  93. 

Allred,  Dorald  M.,  see  Anderson, 
Arthur  O.,  94. 

Beck,  D  Elden,  Article  by,  1. 

Brinton,   Elias  P.,  Article  by,   1. 

Banta,  Benjamin  H.,  Article  by,  37. 

Basilia  mimoni,  107. 

Basilia  jellisoni,   109. 

Christensen,  Earl  M.,  Article  by, 
103. 

Dudley,  T.  R.,  Article  by,  7. 

Dicranota  (Plectromyia)  lassenen- 
sis,  21. 

Drake,  Carl  J.,  Articles  by.  27,  83. 

Dictyla  litotes,  86. 

Dictyla  poecilla,  87. 

Dicranota  (Rhaphidolabis)  sanc- 
taeluciae,  118. 

Ectoparasites  of  Mammals  from 
Oregon,  75. 

Gonomyia  (Idiocera)  leechi,  22. 

Goates,   Morris  A.,   Article  by,  71. 

Hansen,  Charles  G.,  Article  by,  75. 

Hill,  Bob  G.,  see  Drake,  Carl  J.,  83. 

Haedus  cirratus,  88. 

Index,  123. 

Kangaroo  Rat  Burrows  at  the  Ne- 
vada Test  Site,  Arthur  O.  Ander- 
son and  Dorald  M.  Allred.  Illus- 
trated, 93. 

Loomis,  Richard  B.,  Article  by,  13. 

Lipsothrix  hynesiana,  23. 

Livingstone,  David,  Article  by,  27. 

Limnophila  (Phylidorea)  burdicki, 
120. 

Mohr,   Carol   O.,  Article  by,   1. 

Monosteira  edeia,  28. 

Mites  from  Mammals  at  the  Ne- 
vada  Test  Site,   71. 


Naochila  engys,  85. 

New  Species  of  North  American 
Pityophthorus  Eichoff  (Coleop- 
tera:   Scolytidae),  59. 

Observations  on  Host-Parasite  Re- 
lationships and  Seasonal  History 
of  Ticks  in  San  Mateo  County, 
California,  1. 

Ormosia  (Ormosia)  bumeyana,  24. 

On  Some  New  Species  of  Nycteri- 
biidae   (Diptera:   Pupipara),  107. 

Ormosia   (Ormosia)   nobilis,   121. 

Pityophthorus  abiegnus,  67. 

P.  atomus,  61. 

P.  borrichiae,  60. 

P.  cristatus,  68. 

P.  dolus,  65. 

P.  elatinus,  66. 

P.  hylocuroides,  69. 

P.  limatus,  65. 

P.  nanus,  64. 

P.  paulus,  63. 

P.  pusillus,  62. 

P.  toralis,  59. 

Peterson,  B.  V.,  see  Theodor,  O., 
107. 

Penicillidia  godivae,  113. 

Pedicia   (Pedicia)   bellamyana,  117. 

Phyllolabis  hurdi,  119. 

Rhabdomastix  (Sacandaga)  neolu- 
rida  flaviventris,  121. 

Some  Ethiopian  Lacebugs  (Hemip- 
tera:  Tingidae),  83. 

Studies  in  Nearctic  Desert  Sand 
Dune  Orthoptera,  31. 

The  Recent  Naturalization  of  Si- 
berian Elm  (Uknus  Pumila  L.) 
in  Utah,  103. 

Trombicula  lacterticola,  13. 

Tipula  (Lunatipula)  cladacanthod- 
es,  19. 

Thaumastoptera  hymesi,  20. 

Two  New  Species  of  Lacebugs 
from  India  (Hemiptera:  Tingi- 
dae), 27. 

Tingis  agrana,  27. 

Tinkham,  Ernest  R..  Article  by.  31. 

Trimerotropis  agrestis  hewitti,  31. 

Tanner,  Wilmer  W.,  see  Banta,  37. 

Theodor,  O.,  Article  by,  107. 

Undescribed  Species  of  Nearctic 
Tipulidae  (Diptera)  V,  117. 

Undescribed  Species  of  Nearctic 
Tipulidae  (Diptera)   IV,  19. 

Wood,   Stephen  L.,  Article  by,  59. 


123 


3   2044   072   23 


Date  Due 


JUL  2  9  [983 


h  f. 


H